department of accounting and auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/aap-2016-proceedings.pdf · aap 2016...

136
West University of Timisoara, Romania Faculty of Economics and Business Administration Department of Accounting and Audit PROCEEDINGS of the 3 rd International Conference ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING PERSPECTIVES AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSNL 2344-2980 Editura Universității de Vest

Upload: others

Post on 16-Jul-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

West University of

Timisoara, Romania

Faculty of Economics and

Business Administration

Department of Accounting and Audit

PROCEEDINGS of the 3

rd International Conference

ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING PERSPECTIVES

AAP 2016

October 20-22, 2016

Timisoara, Romania

ISSN 2559-0480

ISSN–L 2344-2980

Editura Universității de Vest

Page 2: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

2

Organizing Committee

Ovidiu BUNGET West University of Timișoara, Romania

Ovidiu MEGAN West University of Timișoara, Romania

Alina ALMĂȘAN West University of Timișoara, Romania

Rodica BLIDIȘEL West University of Timișoara, Romania

Cristina CIRCA West University of Timișoara, Romania

Alin DUMITRESCU West University of Timișoara, Romania

Nicoleta FARCANE West University of Timișoara, Romania

Camelia HAȚEGAN West University of Timișoara, Romania

Anda IOSIF West University of Timișoara, Romania

Scientific Committee

Catalin Nicolae ALBU The Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania

David ALEXANDER University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Patrick BOISSELIER CNAM, France

Liliana FELEAGA The Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania

Belen FERNANDEZ-FEIJOO University of Vigo, Spain

Andrei FILIP ESSEC Business School, Paris, France

Lilia GRIGOROI Academy of Economic Studies of Moldova, Chisinau, Moldavia

Sylvie HEROUX University of Quebec, Montreal, Canada

Costel ISTRATE “Alexandru Ioan Cuza” University of Iasi, Romania

Laszlo Peter LAKATOS Corvinus University of Budapest, Hungary

Eurico LIMA-BASTO Institute of Accounting and Administration of Porto, Portugal

Athanasios MANDILAS Kavala Institute of Technology, Greece

Aileen PIERCE UCD Lochlann Quinn School of Business, Dublin, Ireland

Adriana TIRON TUDOR "Babes-Bolyai" University, Cluj-Napoca, Romania

Juhani VAIVIO Aalto University School of Business, Helsinki, Finland

Page 3: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

3

CONTENT

INTEGRATED REPORTING AND BOARD FEATURES

Rareș HURGHIȘ

5

EVOLUTIONS AND TENDENCIES REGARDING THE ROMANIAN

TRANSFER PRICING LEGISLATION: IS THERE A NEED FOR CHANGE?

Ioana NEACŞU

Liliana FELEAGĂ

16

IMPACT OF IFRS ON MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING: STUDY FROM

TRANSITIONAL ECONOMY

Irena JINDRICHOVSKA

Dana KUBICKOVA

36

SPECIFIC ASPECTS REGARDING THE NEW PROCEDURE FOR

SOLVING COMPLAINTS FOR THE AWARD OF PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

CONTRACTS, SECTOR CONTRACTS, PUBLIC WORKS CONCESSION

CONTRACTS AND PUBLIC SERVICES CONCESSION CONTRACTS

Anda Mihaiela IOSIF

Csaba Bela NÁSZ

53

COST CENTERS FROM HOSPITAL UNITS. STUDY CASE

Alina PUȚAN

Oana Raluca IVAN

Attila TAMAS

61

THE CURRENT REPORTING CONVERGENCE STATUS AND THE

FAIRNESS OF THE TERMS ANGLO-SAXON OR CONTINENTAL

ACCOUNTING

Adrian GENCIA

74

ANALYSIS OF THE LEGAL BASIS OF RESEARCH PROGRAMMES

FUNDED BY THE EUROPEAN UNION BETWEEN 2007-2020 FROM AN

AUDIT PERSPECTIVE

Alexandru BOCEAN

82

UN(MODIFIED) AUDIT REPORTS AND THE APPLICATION OF THE

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS – EVIDENCE FROM THE AERO SEGMENT

OF THE BUCHAREST STOCK EXCHANGE

Costel ISTRATE

Ioan Bogdan ROBU

100

BANKRUPTCY RISK PREDICTION MODELS BASED ON ARTIFICIAL

NEURAL NETWORKS

Doina PRODAN-PALADE

110

Page 4: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

4

COST STRUCTURE USING ABC METHOD

Sorin BRICIU

Adrian Ioan ŢÎRĂU

122

HIDDEN COSTS OF SELF-MANAGEMENT SERVICES OF ACCOUNTING

ACTIVITY IN A COMPANY

Gary COKINS

Sorinel CĂPUŞNEANU

Dan Ioan TOPOR

Oana Raluca IVAN

128

Page 5: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

5

INTEGRATED REPORTING AND BOARD FEATURES

Rareș HURGHIȘ

Babeș-Bolyai University, Cluj-Napoca, Romania

Abstract

In the last two decades the concept of sustainability reporting gained more importance in the companies’

annual reports, a trend which is embedded also in integrated reporting. Issuing an integrated report

became a necessity, because it explains to the investors how the organization creates value over time. The

governance structure, more exactly the board of directors, decides whether or not the company will issue

an integrated report. Thus, are there certain features of the board that might influence the issue of an

integrated report? The companies which issue an integrated report have certain features of the

governance structure? Looking for an answer at these questions, we seek for any possible correlation

between a Disclosure Index and the corporate governance structure characteristics, on a sample from the

companies participating at IIRC Examples Database. The results highlight that only the size of the board

influences the extent to which the issued integrated report is in accordance with the IIRC Framework.

Keywords: integrated reporting, sustainability reporting, corporate reporting, corporate governance

JEL Classification: M10, M40, G30, F60

1. INTRODUCTION, MOTIVATION AND IMPORTANCE

The reporting package, evolved from financial statements to financial statements, management

commentary, environmental reporting, governance and remuneration. But, nevertheless, the

information in these reports was not interconnected, and it did not show how environmental and

corporate social responsibility issues may affect the company’s performance.

Thus a new trend was born in the reporting field: integrated reporting. In 2011 the International

Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) - a global coalition of regulators, investors, companies,

standard setters, plus the accounting profession and NGOs, launched a pilot programme

regarding the issue of an integrated report. The purpose of the Council was to issue a framework

for integrated reporting, based on the feedback from the affected actors. Integrated Reporting is a

process founded on integrated thinking with the purpose to issue a periodic integrated report by

an organization, about value creation over time.

Integrated reporting tries to put together both financial and non-financial information,

developing the integrated thinking, underling the interdependencies between them, improving

the quality of information, identifying the material issues that affect the business, which will lead

to a better allocation of the resources. All these elements support integrated thinking, decision-

making and actions that are focused on the values creation over the short, medium and long term.

According to IIRC, integrated thinking takes into account the connectivity and interdependencies

between the range of factors that affect an organization’s ability to create value over time,

including:

- The capitals that the organization uses or affects, and the critical interdependencies,

including tradeoffs, between them;

- The capacity of the organization to respond to key stakeholders’ legitimate needs and

interests;

Page 6: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

6

- How the organization tailors its business model and strategy to respond to its external

environment and the risks and opportunities it faces;

- The organization’s activities, performance (financial and other) and outcomes in terms of

the capitals – past, present and future.

Through an integrated report, a series of advantages will be gain, (IIRC, 2013):

- Improve the quality of information available to providers of financial capital to enable a

more efficient and productive allocation of capital

- Promote a more cohesive and efficient approach to corporate reporting that draws on

different reporting strands and communicates the full range of factors that materially

affect the ability of an organization to create value over time

- Enhance accountability and stewardship for the broad base of capitals (financial,

manufactured, intellectual, human, social and relationship, and natural) and promote

understanding of their interdependencies

- Support integrated thinking, decision-making and actions that focus on the creation of

value over the short, medium and long term.

The IIRC framework contains the following: guiding principles (strategic focus and future

orientation, connectivity of information, stakeholder relationship, materiality, conciseness,

reliability and completeness, consistency and comparability) and content elements

(organizational overview and external environment; governance; business model; risks and

opportunities; strategy and resource allocation; performance; outlook; basis of preparation and

presentation).

There are also other reporting initiatives like Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) who also issued

guidelines regarding how to prepare a GRI report. The aim of the GRI is to make corporate

responsibility reporting as common and comparable as financial reporting. But, this has common

points with the IIRC framework, as sustainability reporting is an intrinsic element of integrated

reporting (GRI 4, 2013). Moreover, in order to reach a global adoption of the integrated report,

IIRC established collaborations with different partners such as: CDP, GRI (Global Reporting

Initiative), IFRS Foundation, IFAC (International Federation of Accountants), SASB

(Sustainability Accounting Standards Board), WBCSD (World Business Council for Sustainable

Development). The support for a global adoption is through endorsement, advocacy and profile-

raising (IIRC website).

This research was made on integrated reports due to the fact that is a growing phenomenon, more

companies choosing to voluntarily issue this type of report, and it might be the corporate

reporting norm in the near future. Thus, we want to analyze whether issuing this type of report

might be influenced by the characteristics of the company’s board, mainly because this type of

reporting is not mandatory (excepting South Africa Stock Exchange), giving us a slight sense

under which circumstances IR might occur.

As will be explained in the following paragraph, a series of other studies, analyze the correlation

between board features and voluntary, environmental reporting. The contribution to accounting

literature of this study is that it analyzes a possible correlation between the integrated reports and

the company’s board characteristics.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW

Companies play the main role into capitalist economies, creating economic grow which leads to

a better social environment. In order to create added value, companies interact with different

actors like: investors, employees, regulators, suppliers, customer, to whom delivers: products,

Page 7: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

7

services and information. But in order to establish new relationships, the actors need information

to enter into an exchange with the company. In this sense the companies disclose information to

reduce the asymmetry between them and investors. This assumption refers to shareholders theory

which is concerned to resolve two problems: “first is the agency problem…the second is the

problem of risk sharing” (Eisenhardt, 1989) which may occur in the relation between the

principal, which delegates the work to another party, the agent.

Back in the 60’s, the disclosed information was only financial, lately, due to globalization and

the enlargement of companies, other issues occurred come into the public attention:

environmental and social issues. This company’s function is met by corporate reporting which

disclose the overall picture of the activities of a corporate enterprise. It includes the following

dimensions: financial reporting, executive remuneration, corporate governance and

responsibility, narrative reporting, environmental and social reporting, human resource reporting,

segment reporting, integrated reporting.

The need to report on a broader information area, is argued by the explanatory factors of market

value, which consisted, in 1975, 83% from physical and financial assets, 17% other factors,

while in 2009 the ratio reversed: 81% other factors, 19% physical and financial assets. Thus, a

new type of reporting appeared as an option to encompass both financial and non-financial

information, which is integrated reporting. An integrated report is a concise communication

about how an organization’s strategy, governance, performance and prospects, in the context of

its external environment, lead to the creation of value over the short, medium and long term

(IIRC, 2013).

The purpose of an integrated report, as IIRC highlights, is to explain to providers of financial

capital how an organization creates value over time. It therefore contains relevant information,

both financial and other. Therefore, the integrated report is used by investors and shareholders to

make decisions. But not any type of information is taken into account by investors, but the one

which influences the investment decision. Furthermore, the investor’s behavior is not influenced

only by mandatory disclosed financial information, but also by non-financial information and

voluntary disclosed information. Thus, deciding whether or not to adopt and disclose on a

broader range of information might influence the capital suppliers (investors).

This is mainly driven by corporate governance, because the management of the company decides

what should be disclosed or not. Thus, corporate governance should be considered an influence

on disclosure, because the board of directors manages information disclosure in annual reports

and therefore disclosure may be a function of the structure, characteristics and constituents of

boards, resulting the agency relationship, where the shareholders and investors require more

information to be disclosed by the management (Haniffa & Cooke, 2002). It is considered that

non-executive directors tend to have interests aligned with external stakeholders.

As the framework proposed by IIRC is mainly voluntary adoptable, it is important that this

voluntary disclosed information could change the shareholders and investor’s behavior or at least

to reduce the asymmetry between them and management, based on the shareholders theory.

Voluntary disclosures lead to an improvement of creditability of reported earnings and lower the

information asymmetry between investors and managers, thus voluntary disclosure is relevant

for investors (Cormier & Magnan, 2007).

But when voluntary discloses, companies, have to be cautious, due to the fact that disclosing

certain type of information might negatively affect the company’s reputation or reveal

competition-sensitive information.

Page 8: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

8

The voluntary disclose of information was priory analyzed in other studies. Mainly, voluntarily

disclosed information was non-financial.

Regarding the board characteristics, Brammer & Pavelin (2008), analyzes whether or not the

quality of voluntary environmental disclosure tends to be higher the more non-executive

directors the firm has. They find a significant correlation but these two are negatively linked,

thus, the higher the number of non-executive directors higher the probability of not voluntarily

disclosing environmental issues. The sample is formed from 447 companies, representing 64%

of FTSE All-Share Index, for years 1999 and 2000.

Lim et al. (2007) examines the association between board composition and different types of

voluntary disclosure, such as strategic information, historical financial information. The overall

finding suggests that there is a positive and significant relation between board composition and

total voluntary disclosure in company annual reports. The results indicated that boards composed

of largely independent directors voluntarily disclose more forward looking quantitative and

strategic information and board structure does not influence the non-financial and financial

voluntary information disclosure. The sample is formed from 181 Australian Top 500

companies, for year 2001.

Villiers et al. (2011) investigates the relationship between corporate environmental performance

and board characteristics, such as the role of directors. They find that companies having a higher

concentration of independent directors and larger boards have a higher environmental

performance. The sample is formed from 1.216 companies from KLD database from U.S., with

2.151 observations for years 2003 (981 observations) and 2004 (1.170 observations).

Cheng and Courtenay (2006) analyses the association between board monitoring and the level of

voluntary disclosure. They focus on the proportion of independent nonexecutive directors, board

size, whether or not the same person is both CEO and chairman. The results highlight that there

is a significant and positive association between the proportion of independent non-executive

directors and voluntary disclosure, in the sense that they tend to disclose more than the

companies with a lower proportion of independent non-executive directors. Board size and CEO

duality are not correlated with the level of voluntary disclosure. The sample is formed from 104

listed companies on Singapore Stock Exchange, for year 2000.

3. DATA AND VARIABLES

The primary purpose of an integrated report is to explain to providers of financial capital how an

organization creates value over time (short, medium and long term), based on it’s resources

(financial, manufactured, intellectual, human, social and relationship, and natural capital) and

relationships (IIRC, 2013). Thus, we can state that issuing an integrated report aspects like:

environmental reporting, corporate social responsibility, are embedded in this report (integrated

report).

Therefore we want to seek for any possible correlation between the disclosure (issuing) of an

integrated report and the company’s board characteristics. Issuing an integrated report is mainly

optional, excepting South Africa, and by doing it, investors might understand better the

company, convincing them to invest. Certain board characteristics might influence the

voluntarily adoption, in accordance with IIRC Framework, of integrated reporting. Due to the

fact that all the companies from the sample, issued an integrated report, we will check the extent

to which these are in accordance with the IIRC Examples Database, by an Disclosure Index.

Page 9: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

9

The board characteristics refer to the following: independence, duality, diversity (Prado-Lorenzo

& Garcia-Sanchez, 2010). In this study these characteristics of the board will be determined

using: board size, the percentage of independent non-executive directors reported to the total

number of board members, CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the president/ chairman

of board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year and the percentage of

women in board.

Thus, in order to test the possible correlation between issuing an integrated report, more

specifically the extent to which an integrated report, issued by a company complies with the

recommendations from the IIRC framework, and company’s board characteristics, we will use

the following variables:

- The extent to which the integrated report is issued in accordance with the IIRC

framework, using a Disclosure Index (DI) – dependent variable; and

- The board characteristics, based on previous studies: board size, the percentage of

independent non-executive directors reported to the total number of board

members, CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the president/ chairman of

board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year and the

percentage of women in board.

The Disclosure Index is build up based on the IIRC framework. Thus, in order to build up the

Disclosure Index the following issues, from the framework, were taken into account: the

presentation of “Six Capitals”, the “Content Elements” – which are presented based on the

“Guiding Principles”, to which we add whether the report is audited from the integrated report

perspective. To make integrated reports as reliable and comparable as financial reports, an

integrated assurance opinion will have to be provided (Eccles et al, 2011). Ideally, it will be in

the form of “positive assurance” rather than the “negative assurance”. Furthermore, is most

probably to give assurance on the methods, methodology and procedures on which the integrated

report was built on rather than on the accuracy of information.

Therefore for the DI we checked whether or not the issued report contains or not the following

content elements: organizational overview and external environment; governance; business

model; risks and opportunities; strategy and resource allocation; performance; outlook; basis

of preparation and presentation.

Thus, each of the above mentioned items, became a binary variable: if the report presented the

element the variable took “1” as value and if not “0”. The same principle was applied whether

the report was audited, as an integrated report, when the value was “1” or not, when the variable

was “0”. Also if the company presented information regarding the six capitals (financial,

manufactured, intellectual, human, social and relationship, natural), which could be

applicable to their business model and activity, the value was “1” and if not “0”. The same

principle was applied for CEO gender, where “1”=male and “0”=female, whether or not the

CEO is also the president/ chairman of board of directors, where “0”=CEO is also the

president/ chairman of board of directors and “1”=if is not and if there has been a CEO change

during that year, where “0”=there was no CEO change and “1”=there was a CEO change. Thus,

if the company presented the content elements, information regarding the six capitals and the

issued report was audited as an integrated report, it could score a “10”.

One of the advantages of using the Disclosure Index is that it measures and compares the actual

presented information, in the issued reports, with the maximum possible presented information

that it could be disseminated by the company. In this case it measures to which extent the

analyzed reports are issued and presented based on the IIRC framework.

Page 10: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

10

In this case DI is the dependent variable and is computed as follows: DI= where

di

di

n

i

m

i ;

1

1

DI = Disclosure Index, DI=[0;1]

di = 1 if the item is disclosed and 0 if not;

m = the number of the disclosed items;

n = maxim number of analyzed items.

So, if the company have been presented all the items and audited, it took 1 as value. Disclosure

Index takes values between 0 and 1, due to the fact that is a arithmetic average, a value closer to

1 indicating a greater compliance with the IIRC framework of the analyzed report.

The independent variables express the board characteristics through board size, the percentage

of independent non-executive directors reported to the total number of board members,

CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the president/ chairman of board of directors,

if there has been a CEO change during that year and the percentage of women in board.

The data was collected manually for each company, from the uploaded reports in the IIRC

Examples Database, on the IIRC website. The sample initially included 122 observations and 89

companies for years: 2012 (22; 19), 2013 (39; 30), 2014 (45; 32) and 2015 (13; 8). We decided

to exclude the reports for year 2011 due to the fact that was the first year, and the reports were

not familiar with the framework and our result might be distorted.

In Figure 1 – Appendix is displayed the DI composing items for all 122 observations. Most of

the companies, out of 89, 74 are publicly listed companies, 15 are private companies. They are

from: 7 from North America, 5 from South America, 49 from Europe, 11 from Africa, 13 from

Asia, 4 from Australasia. The average length for a report was 167 pages.

4. ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

In order to test the possible correlation between Disclosure Index, which is the dependent

variable, respectively board size, the percentage of independent non-executive directors reported

to the total number of board members, CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the

president/ chairman of board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year and

the percentage of women in board, independent variables, we used the Pearson Correlation and

ANOVA tests, using SPSS. Due to the fact that for some companies the variables could not be

determined, we eliminated them from the sample, remaining 119 observations. Nevertheless the

sample kept its’ structure and the parameters of central tendency their values. In order to verify

whether the distribution of the sample (population) follows normal law, we used the

Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test. The results are highlight in the table no.1:

Table no.1 - One-Sample Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test

DI

Population 119

Normal Parameters Mean 0,6

Std. Deviation 0,15

Asymp. Sig. (2-tailed) 0,21

Source: SPSS computations

Page 11: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

11

Based on the above results, we can state that the distribution is normal, as the significance level

of the test (0,21) is greater than the significance level (0,05). The same conclusion results from

computing the parameters: mean (0,6), median (0,6) and mode (0,6), because all three al equal.

Computing the variance coefficient results 25%, which is lower than 35% resulting that the mean

is significant for the studied reports.

For the analyzed variables the descriptive statistics is presented in Table no.2:

Table no. 2 - Descriptive Statistics of variables

Parameter: DI Board

size

Indep.

Non-exec

CEO

president

CEO

gender

CEO

change

Women

board

Population 119

Mean 0,62 11,35 0,50 N/A N/A N/A 0,20

Median 0,60 11,00 0,54 N/A N/A N/A 0,20

Mode 0,60 9 0 1 1 0 0

Std. Deviation 0,15 3,36 0,30 N/A N/A N/A 0,12

Variance 0,02 11,32 0,09 N/A N/A N/A 0,01

Minimum 0,30 5 0 0 0 0 0

Maximum 0,90 21 1 1 1 1 0,56

Source: SPSS computations

We also tested whether or not the average score for DI is different depending on: organization

type, industry and region. For the organization type we had two segmentation variables: public

listed company and private company. In this case the mean was the same (0,61) this meaning

that disclosing process is not influenced by the company ownership structure. In case of the

industry where companies operate, we obtained the following results: Consumer goods and

services – 31 observations (mean= 0,61); Financial and professional services – 28 observations

(mean= 0,67); Healthcare – 7 observations (mean= 0,51); Industrials and Basic materials – 27

observations (mean= 0,61); Telecommunications – 5 observations (mean= 0,58) and Utilities –

21 observations (mean= 0,6). Based on industry segmentation we can state that companies

operating in financial sector tend to disclose more than those in healthcare.

Regarding the region where the company has it’s headquarter we had the following regions:

Africa – 16 observations (mean= 0,65); Asia - 17 observations (mean= 0,62); Australasia - 5

observations (mean= 0,68); Europe – 67 observations (mean= 0,6); North America – 8

observations (mean= 0,66) and South America – 6 observations (mean= 0,68). Based on the

results highlighted previously, we can state that, in average, companies does not disclose, in

accordance with IIRC framework, significantly different.

In order to analyze the possible correlation between DI and the independent variables, we used

Pearson Correlation and ANOVA tests for which we stated the following two hypothesis, for

each of the independent variables:

- H0: according to which board size, the percentage of independent non-

executive directors reported to the total number of board members, CEO gender, whether

or not the CEO is also the president/ chairman of board of directors, if there has been a

CEO change during that year and the percentage of women in board, does not influence

the extent to which the issued integrated report, by the companies from the IIRC

Examples Database, is in accordance with the IIRC Framework, highlight by Disclosure

Index; with the alternative

Page 12: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

12

- H1: according to the Disclosure Index, the extent to which the issued

integrated report is in accordance with the IIRC Framework, is influenced by these

variables.

Applying the Pearson Correlation Test, to test the correlation between the dependent variable

(DI) and the independent quantitative variables, we obtained the following results:

Table no. 3 - Pearson Correlation Test

DI Board size Indep. Non-exec. Women board

DI Pearson Correlation 1 0,191* -0,112 0,088

Sig. (2-tailed) 0,038 0,227 0,339

N 119

Source: SPSS computations

In order to explain the obtained results, the following remarks need to be made: if the Pearson

Correlation coefficient is positive it means that we have a direct link and if it is negative we have

an indirect link, between the variables. If the value of the coefficient is between [0;0,3] the link

is weak, between (0,3;0,7] the link has an medium intensity and between (0,7;1] the link is

strong.

In this case, only for Board size we flag a significant correlation. The Pearson Coefficient is

0,191 which means that is a weak and direct link between DI and Board size, being also

significant as the significance level is 0,038 which is smaller than 0,05. In this case we accept H1

hypothesis. The same methodology is applied for the other variables resulting that for:

Independent non-executive and Women board variables, H0 hypothesis is accepted, thus there is

no correlation.

To analyze the qualitative variables (CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the president/

chairman of board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year) in correlation

with DI we used ANOVA. The results are presented in Table no.4:

Table no.4 - ANOVA Test

DI: CEO president CEO gender CEO change

Sig. 0,231 0,211 0,764

Source: SPSS computations

Due to the fact that the significance level for each of the analyzed variables which is greater than

0,05 H0 hypothesis is accepted. So, nor the CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the

president/ chairman of board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year

influences the extent to which the issued integrated report, is in accordance with the IIRC

Framework (expressed by DI).

The only correlation found, is between the board size and the extent to which the issued

integrated report, is in accordance with the IIRC Framework (expressed by DI), with a direct and

weak link. So, according to this finding the more directors the board has the more the issued

integrated report, is in accordance with the IIRC Framework. Our result is in accordance with

Villiers et al. (2011) findings.

Page 13: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

13

5. CONCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS

Previous studies analyze the possible correlation between board features and voluntary

disclosure. The results highlight that there is a link between the percentage of independent and

non-executive directors in the board structure and board size and different types of voluntary

disclosure.

Starting from previous mentioned studies we tested to whether or not board characteristics of the

companies from the IIRC Examples Database influence the extent to which company’s issued

integrated report is in accordance with the IIRC framework. Here we can find some similarities

with the previous studies, due to the fact that: issuing an integrated report in accordance with the

IIRC proposed framework is voluntary.

Using the Pearson Correlation and ANOVA Tests we verified whether or not there is any

correlation between DI and independent variables. For the board characteristics, only for board

size we found that there is a direct and weak link between board size and the extent to which the

issued integrated report, is in accordance with the IIRC Framework. So, according to this finding

the bigger the board is the more the issued integrated report, is in accordance with the IIRC

Framework. For the other variables no correlation could be found. Thus issuing an integrated

report does not depend on the percentage of independent non-executive directors reported to the

total number of board members, CEO gender, whether or not the CEO is also the president/

chairman of board of directors, if there has been a CEO change during that year and the

percentage of women in board.

Some of the reasons of this result is that the framework is not mandatory, the principles and the

guidelines being very flexible, being also something new for the participating companies and

also an exercise to issue this type of report.

Nevertheless, issuing an integrated report should not depend on some features of the company

board, because this type of reporting develops the integrated thinking, improving the quality of

information available to providers of financial capital leading to a more efficient and productive

allocation of capital. Moreover, integrated reporting intends to become the norm.

Limitation of this study is the size of sample and also the independent variables. Possible future

research questions could take into consideration other variables which highlight the economical,

regulatory, legal, labor and cultural backgrounds for the countries from which the analyzed

companies are (based on the institutional theory).

REFERENCES Aras, G., Aybars, A., Kutlu O. (2010) “Managing corporate performance: Investigating the relationship

between corporate social responsibility and financial performance in emerging markets”,

International Journal of Productivity and Performance Management, vol. 59, no. 3

Ball, R., Brown, P. (1968) “An Empirical Evaluation of Accounting Income Numbers”, Journal of

Accounting Research, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 159-178.

Brammer, S., Pavelin, S. (2008) “Factors influencing the quality of corporate environmental disclosure”,

Business Strategy and the Environment, 17, pp. 120–136.

Cheng, E.C.M., Courtenay, S.M. (2006) “Board composition, regulatory regime and voluntary

disclosure”, The International Journal of Accounting, 41, pp. 262–289.

Cormier, D., Magnan, M. (2007) “The revisited contribution of environmental reporting to investors'

valuation of a firm's earnings: An international perspective”, Ecological Economics, vol. 62, pp. 613-

626.

Deegan, C.M. (2007) Financial Accounting Theory (2nd ed.), Australia: McGraw-Hill.

Page 14: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

14

Eccles, R.G., Armbrester, K. (2011) “Integrated reporting in the cloud: Two disruptive ideas combined”,

IESE Insight 8.1, pp. 13–20.

Eccles, R.G., Krzus, M.P., Watson, L.A (2011) “Integrated Reporting Requires Integrated Assurance”,

QFinance, available at: http://www.financepractitioner.com/contentFiles/QF01/hmz2o7ek/12/0/

integrated-reporting-requires-integrated-assurance.pdf

Eisenhardt, K.M. (1989) “Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review”, The Academy of Management

Review, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 57-74.

Fama, E.F. (1991) “Efficient Capital Markets: II”, The Journal of Finance, vol. 46, no. 5, pp. 1575-1617.

Francis, J., Schipper, K. (1999) “Have Financial Statements Lost Their Relevance?”, Journal of

Accounting Research, vol. 37, no. 2, pp. 319-352.

GRI 4 (2013) “FAQ about GRI 4”, available at: https://www.globalreporting.org/resourcelibrary/G4-

FAQ.pdf

GRI 4 (2013) “G4 Sustainability Reporting Guidelines”, available at https://www.globalreporting.org/

resourcelibrary/GRIG4-Part1-Reporting-Principles-and-Standard-Disclosures.pdf

Haniffa, R.M., Cooke, T.E. (2002) “Culture, corporate governance and disclosure in Malaysian

corporations”, Abacus, vol. 38, no. 3, pp. 317–349.

IIRC (2013) “The International <IR> Framework”, available at: http://integratedreporting.org/wp-

content/uploads/2013/12/13-12-08-THE-INTERNATIONAL-IR-FRAMEWORK-2-1.pdf

Ioannou, I., Serafeim, G. (2012) “The Consequences of Mandatory Corporate Sustainability Reporting.

Working paper”, Harvard Business School, pp. 1-44.

ISO (2015) “ISO 26000 and the International Integrated Reporting Framework briefing summary”,

available at: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_26000_and_ir_international_integrated_reporting_en_-

_lr.pdf

Klerk, M., Villiers, C. (2012) “The value relevance of corporate responsibility reporting: South African

evidence”, Meditari Accountancy Research, vol. 20, no.1, pp. 21-38.

Lim, S., Matolcsy, Z., Chow, D. (2007) “The Association between Board Composition and Different

Types of Voluntary Disclosure”, European Accounting Review, vol. 16, no. 3, pp. 555–583.

McGuire, J. B., Sundgren, A., Schneeweis, T. (1988) “Corporate social responsibility and firm financial

performance”, Academy of Management Journal, vol. 31, no. 4, pp. 854-872.

Murray, A., Sinclair, D., Power, D., Gray, R. (2006) “Do financial markets care about social and

environmental disclosure? Further evidence and exploration from the UK. Accounting”, Auditing &

Accountability Journal, vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 228-255.

Nelling, E., Webb, E. (2009) “Corporate social responsibility and financial performance: “virtuous circle”

revisited”, Review of Quantitative Finance Accounting, 32, pp. 197-209.

Ohlson, J. (1995) “Earnings, book values, and dividends in equity valuation”, Contemporary Accounting

Research, vol. 11, no.2, pp. 661-686.

Pava, M. L., Krausz, J. (1996) “The Association between Corporate Social-Responsibility and Financial

Performance: The Paradox of Social Cost”, Business Ethics, 15, pp. 321-357.

Post, C., Rahman, N., Rubow, E. (2011) “Green Governance: Boards of Directors’ Composition and

Environmental Corporate Social Responsibility”, Business & Society, 50(1), pp.189-223.

Prado-Lorenzo, J.M., Garcia-Sanchez, I.M. (2010) “The Role of the Board of Directors in Disseminating

Relevant Information on Greenhouse Gases”, Journal of Business Ethics, 97, pp. 391–424.

Schadewitz, H., Niskala, M. (2010) “Communication via Responsibility Reporting and its Effect on Firm

Value in Finland”, Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management, vol. 17, pp. 96-

106.

Villiers, C., Naiker, V., Staden, C. J. (2011) “The Effect of Board Characteristics on Firm Environmental

Performance”, Journal of Management, vol.36, issue 6, pp. 1636-1663.

Zahra, S. A., Oviatt, B. M., Minyard, K. (1993) “Effects of corporate ownership and board structure on

corporate social responsibility and financial performance”, Academy of Management Proceedings,

no. 1, pp. 336-340.

Page 15: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

15

Appendices

Figure 1. Disclosure index – drilled by items

Source: author’s projection

Table no. 5 - Disclosure index – drilled by score

DI score 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 Total

Number of

companies 5 11 25 29 22 20 7 3 122

Source: author’s projection

Page 16: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

16

EVOLUTIONS AND TENDENCIES REGARDING THE

ROMANIAN TRANSFER PRICING LEGISLATION: IS THERE

A NEED FOR CHANGE?

Ioana NEACŞU

Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania

Liliana FELEAGĂ

Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania

Abstract

In the context of internationalization and globalization of businesses an important attention has been paid

to the transfer pricing legislation. Moreover, starting with 2016 Romania has adopted new transfer

pricing regulations which have a significant impact on the groups of companies. Therefore, one of the

objectives of our research was to analyse the Romanian transfer pricing legislation in order to capture an

evolution of it. To achieve this objective we performed a comparison between Order 222/2008 and Order

442/2016. Other objectives of the research were to capture the perception of the tax specialists about the

transfer pricing subject and the Romanian related legislation, especially about the new regulations and to

identify if there is necessary a change in the Romanian transfer pricing legislation. To achieve these two

objectives, the main investigative tool used was a questionnaire distributed to members of the Romanian

Chamber of Tax Consultants. The collection of the information based on questionnaire was conducted in

the period 11 June – 27 June 2016. The study`s results show that the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation contains some efficient regulations, but however it needs some changes which would

contribute to a better prevention of the base erosion and profit shifting between multinationals and which

would avoid any misunderstandings and possible disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities.

Keywords: transfer pricing, legislation, change, Romania, Order 442/2016

JEL Classification: M48, K34, F23

1. INTRODUCTION

Once with the increasing of the number of multinational enterprises, the number of related party

transactions rose as well offering to the groups of companies the opportunity to shift income

from a high-tax jurisdiction into a low-tax one. This situation represents a high risk for the

governments of all countries of the world, as its tax revenues could be reduced. Given this, more

and more countries are introducing and extending the transfer pricing legislation in order to

prevent and combat the base erosion and profit shifting between multinationals (Lohse et al.,

2012).

Romania is one of the countries which during 2016 adopted new transfer pricing regulations, this

event having a significant importance in the evolution of the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation and also a significant impact on the business environment. In this respect, the most

important transfer pricing regulations were adopted through Order 442/2016 regarding the value

of transactions, the preparation terms, the content and the conditions under which the transfer

pricing documentation file is to be requested and presented and the procedure for

adjusting/estimating the transfer prices.

Page 17: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

17

In this paper we analysed the new transfer pricing regulations stipulated by Order 442/2016

(applicable from 2016) by comparison with the old ones provided by Order 222/2008 (applicable

until the end of 2015). Through this comparison we tried to capture the evolution of the

Romanian transfer pricing regulations and to identify the advantages and disadvantages of this

evolution for the groups of companies.

In addition, the paper presents the perception of the tax specialists about the transfer pricing

subject and the related legislation, especially about the new regulations brought by Order

442/2016 and analysis if there is a need for additional changes in the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation.

Summarizing, the main objectives of the paper were: to analyse the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation in order to capture an evolution of it; to capture the perception of the tax specialists

about the transfer pricing subject and the related legislation, especially about the new regulations

brought by Order 442/2016 and to identify if there is necessary a change in the Romanian

transfer pricing legislation.

The motivation of our research is represented by the fact that the new transfer pricing order

adopted by Romania in 2016 brought important changes to the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation, being a controversy subject for the business environment. We were also motivated by

the fact that until now no study was performed in relation to the new Romanian transfer pricing

regulations. Therefore, we consider that our study have an important contribution to the transfer

pricing literature and in the same time could represent a starting point for future research.

The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Section 2 discusses the background literature on

transfer pricing legislation. Section 3 describes the research methodology. Section 4 analyses the

new transfer pricing regulations in Romania. Section 5 presents the perception of the tax

specialists about the transfer pricing subject and the related legislation. In the final section, the

conclusions are accompanied by a description of tentative avenues of research.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW

Transfer prices represent the prices charged between affiliated companies for the

provision/acquisition of services (including administrative services and financial services) or for

the sale/acquisition of goods (Matei & Pîrvu, 2011).

According to the literature review, prices at which goods or services are transferred between

affiliated companies influence the profit obtained by each of these companies and the corporate

income tax which should be paid. Due to this fact, the transfer pricing subject becomes

increasingly important for groups of companies (Sansing, 2014).

Therefore, considering the fact that multinationals own entities in different countries of the

world, they could profit from differences in tax rates (Peralta, 2006) and they could try to use

transfer pricing in order to shift the profit from high-tax countries into low-tax countries.

Moreover, Neighbour (2002) pointed out that transfer pricing can deprive governments of their

fair share of taxes from multinationals. Yao (2013) stated that as a consequence to this situation,

most countries have adopted regulations to “assess the appropriateness of the transfer prices

quoted by MNEs”.

Page 18: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

18

In addition, according to Ito and Komoriya (2015) in order to combat the profit shifting between

multinationals, governments have implemented, among other rules, transfer pricing regulations.

These two authors analysed for the period between 2009 and 2012 the transfer pricing

regulations of OECD member countries and conducted a research in order to observe the impact

of these regulations on the location decisions of multinationals. The conclusion of the survey was

that in the location decisions, an important role is played by the transfer pricing regulations. In

this respect, the authors noted that rules with regards to the transfer pricing documentation

decrease the foreign direct investments.

Lohse and Riedel (2013) performed a study at the level of pan-European countries and noticed

that the transfer pricing regulations significantly reduce the profit shifting activities of

multinationals. Moreover, the authors stated that the transfer pricing rules “may be socially

desirable despite the high administrative burden they impose on firms and tax authorities”.

On the other hand, Silberztein (2008) considered that a transfer pricing system involves more

than enacting of legislation. She stated that an effective transfer pricing system should be based,

among others, on the development of the transfer pricing expertise within tax authorities,

development of dispute resolution mechanism which could eliminate double taxation,

development of guidance for complex transactions etc.

2.1. Global evolutions regarding the transfer pricing legislation

Keuschnigg and Devereux (2013) considered that once with the increasing of the multinational

enterprises, the collection of corporate taxes has become a challenging task. Therefore, in order

to protect the tax base countries implemented the arm's length principle. According to this

principle, the prices charged between related parties should be the same to the prices charged

between unrelated parties if they had trade the same products or services, under the same

circumstances as the related parties (Smith & Eden, 2001).

The first country which implemented the arm`s length principle and adopted a transfer pricing

legislation was US (Mirjam, 2015). Having as a starting point the US legislation, and in order to

develop global transfer pricing regulations, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and

Development (OECD) published a report about the allocation of profit and costs between

affiliated companies.

In 1995 OECD published the document Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational

Enterprises and Tax Administrations (“OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines”), which has been

revised in 2010. This document contains, inter alia, details about the transfer pricing

documentation and the analysis which should be perform in order to assess if transfer pricing

comply with the arm`s length principle (OCDE, 2010). In order to prevent the profit shifting

between multinationals, in 2013 OECD originated the Action Plan on tax base erosion and profit

shifting – BEPS Action Plan (Lamers et al., 2014).

Furthermore, on 15th

of June 2016, OECD announced the amendments of the Transfer Pricing

Guidelines, according to the provisions of BEPS Action Plan, more exactly according to the

provisions of Actions 8-10 "Aligning Transfer Pricing Outcomes with Value Creation" and

Action 13 "Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting"

(http://www.oecd.org).

2.2. OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines

The OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines contain recommendations on the application of the arm’s

length principle as the appropriate means of determining applicable transfer prices for

Page 19: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

19

transactions carried out by related parties. Multinational enterprises are encouraged to follow the

OECD Guidelines regarding transfer pricing, as subsequently amended and supplemented, in

order to ensure compliance with the arm's length principle when determining transfer prices. The

OECD Guidelines view the arm's length principle as a method which "provides the closest

approximation of the workings of the open market in cases where property (such as goods, other

types of tangible assets, or intangible assets) is transferred or services are rendered between

associated enterprises" (OECD, 2010: 36).

The OECD Guidelines present the main steps to be analysed when applying the arm’s length

principle to transactions performed between affiliated companies. The Guidelines are intended to

help tax administrations (both of OECD member and non OECD member countries) and

multinational enterprises by indicating ways to find mutually satisfactory solutions to transfer

pricing cases, thereby minimising conflict among tax administrations and multinational

enterprises and avoiding costly litigation. Taxpayers are encouraged to follow the Guidelines in

evaluating for tax purposes whether their transfer pricing complies with the arm’s length

principle.

In order to analyse whether a transaction has been carried out at arm’s length, one of the general

accepted methods, as provided by the OECD Guidelines, and also by the Romanian Tax Code

must be applied by the taxpayers: the comparable uncontrolled price method, the cost plus

method, the resale price method, the transactional net margin method and the profit split method.

When choosing the most appropriate transfer pricing method in order to determine the

comparability range of a transaction between affiliated parties, the facts and circumstances of

that transaction should be considered for (i.e. there should be performed a functional analysis of

the related parties transactions, presenting the functions carried out, the risks incurred and the

assets used by each party involved in transactions). The selection of the method should offer the

most appropriate measurement or the best estimate of the market value.

Transfer pricing methods

The comparable uncontrolled price method involves the comparison of the prices charged by

related parties with the prices charged by independent companies. This method should be applied

only if the conditions and circumstances of the transactions performed between related parties

are similar with those carried out between unrelated parties (e.g. there are similar products sold/

services provided, comparable quantities etc.). In practice, it is used to the test the arm`s length

principle of transactions which suppose the payment of commissions, royalties or interest.

The cost plus method is used in order to test the compliance with the arm`s length principle of

the prices charged by a service provider or a manufacturer to its related parties. The application

of this method involves the comparison of the mark-up added by the service

provider/manufacturer to the costs incurred in order to provide the services/ manufacture the

goods and sell them to an affiliated company with the mark-up applied by independent

companies to the costs incurred in order to provide similar services/ manufacture similar

products.

The resale price method is used when a company purchases a product from an affiliated

company and resells it to a third party. The application of this method begins with the

determination of the price at which that product was resold to third parties (i.e. the resale price).

After that, the price at which the product was purchased from the affiliated company is

determined as a difference between the resale price and the margin added in order to resale it to

third parties. In the next step, the margin applied by a company in order to resell to a third party

the products purchased from an affiliated company is compared with the margin applied by

Page 20: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

20

independent companies which resell in similar circumstances, similar products. If this margin is

situated in the interval of margins used by independent companies, then the price at which the

goods resold was purchased from the affiliated company complies with the arm`s length

principle.

The transactional net margin method operates in the same way as the cost plus method and the

resale price method, the only difference being represented by the fact that these methods suppose

the comparison of gross mark-up/margins, while this method compares net mark-ups/margins.

The profit split method is used when the transactions between affiliated companies are

interrelated, and so it would be impossible to identify comparable transactions.

2.3. Evolution of the Romanian transfer pricing legislation

The arm`s length principle was introduced in the Romanian tax legislation in 1994, but only in

2000 was developed the legal framework for the application of this principle.

In September 2006 Romania introduced the transfer pricing documentation requirement, but the

first detailed regulations regarding the content of the transfer pricing documentation file and the

deadline for its submission were published in the Romanian Official Gazette in February 2008

(i.e. Order 222/2008 regarding the content of the transfer pricing file).

Starting with 2007, the Romanian taxpayers which perform transactions with affiliated

companies have the possibility to ask the tax authorities for the issue of an advance pricing

agreement (APA). The Romanian transfer pricing legislation follows the principles stipulated

within the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

The year 2016 has brought substantial changes to the Romanian transfer pricing legislation. In

this year there was published the Order 442/2016 regarding the value of transactions, the

preparation terms, the content and the conditions under which the transfer pricing

documentation file is to be requested and presented and the procedure for adjusting/estimating

the transfer prices. Compared with Order 222/2008 (applicable until the end of 2015), this new

order contains more detailed regulations with regards to the structure of the transfer pricing file

and brings new substantial changes regarding the preparation and presentation of the transfer

pricing file.

Moreover, considering the fact that the Romanian transfer pricing legislation is based on the

provisions of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines which will be amended according to BEPS

Action Plan, it is expected that the transfer pricing legislation of our country to be also amended.

In this respect, on 2 June 2016 the Romanian Government approved the ascension of the

Romania as associate to the BEPS Implementation Forum in order for our country to implement

the BEPS measures at national level.

2.4. Previous studies performed in relation to transfer pricing legislation

Lohse et al. (2012) considered that in order to exist a transfer pricing legislations, countries

should include in its national tax law, in addition to the arm`s length principle, key concepts such

as related parties, controlled transactions, methods for the determination of the transfer pricing

and documentation requirements. Moreover, these authors performed a comparison of the

transfer pricing regulations across 44 countries over a period of nine years (2001-2009). In order

to show the differences between the regulations of countries analysed, they categorized the

transfer pricing regulations as follows:

category 0 - no transfer pricing regulation exists;

Page 21: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

21

category 1 - the arm`s length principle exists in the national tax law, but there is no

documentation requirement;

category 2 - the arm`s length principle exists in the national tax law, documentation

requirement is not implemented in the national tax law, but the documentation is required

in practice (during an audit);

category 3 - the arm`s length principle exists in the national tax law, documentation

requirement is implemented in the national tax law, but the full documentation is

available only upon request;

category 4 - the arm`s length principle exists in the national tax law, documentation

requirement is implemented in the national tax law and a short disclosure of

documentation is required;

category 5 - the arm`s length principle exists in the national tax law, documentation

requirement is implemented in the national tax law and a long disclosure of

documentation is required.

According to Lohse et al. (2012), during 2003 – 2006 Romania was situated within the category

2, and between 2007 and 2009 within the category 3.

Oosterhoff (2011) analysed the results of the 2010 Global Transfer Pricing Survey conducted by

Ernst & Young based on interviews with 877 multinational enterprises across 25 different

countries and noticed that the importance granted by respondents to transfer pricing differs per

industry. The industry which recorded the highest percentage (more than 70%) of respondents

which considered transfer pricing as the most important issue is represented by the

pharmaceuticals industry. The lowest percentage (close to or below 20%) was recorded, among

others, by the banking and capital industries. Moreover, the author pointed out that more than

half of the respondents interviewed in the parent companies prepared documentation

contemporaneously with the filling of their corporate income tax return.

Corlaciu and Tiron (2014) performed a survey regarding the perception of professionals with

regards to the specific aspects related to the Romanian transfer pricing. In this respect, they used

a questionnaire which was distributed to members of CECCAR (The Body of Licensed

Accountants and Expert Accountants in Romania), CCF (Romanian Chamber of Tax

Consultants) and CAFR (Chamber of Financial Auditors of Romania). The objective of this

questionnaire was to identify the following elements:

the level of the transfer pricing knowledge of the target group;

the conditions in which the target group would attend professional courses in the field of

transfer pricing;

the general perception of the target group in relation to the technical aspects regarding

transfer pricing (e.g. the importance of transfer pricing subject, the persons which should

be involved in the preparation of a transfer pricing file, the capacity of companies to

deliver accuracy information about related party transactions etc.);

the perception of the target group regarding the Romanian transfer pricing legislation. In

this respect the results of the research showed that one of the most important factors

which determine the Romanian companies to pay attention to the transfer pricing aspects

is represented by the legislative regulations.

Stana (2016) analysed the business perspective on transfer pricing and related legislation using

also a questionnaire as a research tool. Compared with the questionnaire designed by Corlaciu

and Tiron, this one outlined the perception of the specialists in relation to the preparation of the

transfer pricing file and to the application of the transfer pricing legislation by the Romanian tax

authorities. The target group was represented by companies from different industries and was

selected using various contacts from LinkedIn.

Page 22: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

22

Until now, no research was performed in relation to the perception of the specialists on the new

transfer pricing regulations implemented by Romania through Order 442/2016.

3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Below we presented the three main objectives of our survey. For each objective, we described

the research methodology used in order to achieve it.

The first objective was to analyse the Romanian transfer pricing legislation in order to capture

an evolution of it. Given the fact that the most important legislative amendments are related to

the presentation, preparation and structure of the transfer pricing file, our analysis was

concentrated on the regulations provided by Order 222/2008 (applicable until the end of 2015)

and Order 442/2016 (applicable starting with 2016).

The research methodology used in this step of the research was represented by the analysis of the

provisions of the two orders. After that, in order to capture the evolution of the transfer pricing

regulations, we performed a comparison between Order 222/2008 and Order 442/2016 and we

identified the advantages and disadvantages of this evolution for the groups of companies.

The second objective was to capture the perception of the tax specialists about the transfer

pricing subject and the related legislation, especially about the new regulations brought by

Order 442/2016.

The research methodology used in order to achieve this objective was represented by the design

of a questionnaire.

The questionnaire used contains 18 questions grouped in 4 categories of information as follows:

category 1: information about respondents (questions 1-5).

In order to gather information about respondents we used 4 closed questions with

multiple choice answers and 1 dichotomous question (i.e. question that ask respondents to

answer with yes or no);

category 2: general information regarding the transfer pricing subject and the related

legislation (questions 6-10).

In this section we included 1 mixed question (where the respondents were given the

possibility to fill in the answer where none of the answers provided were considered

adequate), 1 dichotomous question and 3 questions using the Likert scale of answer

options (where 1 represents the lowest value and 5 the highest one);

category 3: technical information regarding the new transfer pricing regulations adopted

by Romania through Order 442/2016 (questions 11-16).

In order to gather this type of information we used 3 closed questions with multiple

choice answers, 2 mixed questions and 1 dichotomous question.

category 4: information related to the need of amendment the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation (question 17-18). In this section we used 1 mixed question and 1 open

question.

The questionnaire was designed using the funnel technique (Chelcea, 2001, pp.101). According

to this technique, the structure of the questionnaire should be based on the shift from general

aspects to particular ones.

Page 23: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

23

Taking into consideration the fact that transfer pricing subject is a new one for the professionals,

we chose as target group only the members of CCF (Romanian Chamber of Tax Consultants).

We considered that these members have more experience and knowledge in transfer pricing area,

compared with members of other professional bodies. Given this, we considered that the answers

offered by members of CCF could be more relevant in order to perform our research than the

answers of members of other professional bodies.

The questionnaire was distributed via e-mail. The e-mail addresses of CCF members were

collected from the website of the Romanian Chamber of Tax Consultants

(http://www.ccfiscali.ro/). We tried to perform an exhaustive research and in this respect we

collected the e-mail address of all CCF active members (i.e. 4,486 members).

The computer software used in order to design the questionnaire and to store the answers

received is represented by the online platform GoogleDocs. In order to send the questionnaire to

the target group we used the Gmail platform and in order to interpret the results obtained we

used the Microsoft Excel application.

The period during which we sent the questionnaire and collected the answers is between 11th

of

June and 27th

of June.

The third objective of the research was to identify if there is necessary a change in the

Romanian transfer pricing legislation. This last research step was based on the results of the

questionnaire. More exactly, based on the answers received we performed an analysis in order to

identify if Romania needs additional transfer pricing regulations or if the existing regulations

should be amendment or presented more detailed.

4. THE NEW ROMANIAN TRANSFER PRICING LEGISLATION AND ITS IMPACT

ON BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

The table no.1 presents a comparison between the new Romanian transfer pricing legislation (i.e.

the provisions of the Order 442/2016) and the old one (i.e. the provisions of the Order 222/2008).

Through this comparison we tried to identify the impact of the new regulations on the business

environment, more exactly we tried to identify the advantages and disadvantages of the new

regulations from the taxpayers’ point of view.

Table no.1. - New vs. old Romanian transfer pricing regulations

I. Preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file

Items Order 222/2008 Order 442/2016 Impact

Mandatory

annual

preparation of

the transfer

pricing file

n.a. (i.e.

Order 222/2008

did not request

companies to

prepare an annual

transfer pricing

file)

By whom?

Large taxpayers which record

an annual value of the

transactions performed with

affiliated companies higher

than or equal to any of the

following thresholds:

o EUR 200,000 for

interest paid/ received;

o EUR 250,000 for

services provided/

received;

o EUR 350,000 for sale/

acquisition of tangible

and intangible goods.

This new regulation represents

a disadvantage for the large

taxpayers, compared with the

other categories of taxpayers.

The obligation to prepare an

annual transfer pricing file

could represent a tax burden

and large taxpayers should

allocate considerable resources

in this respect.

However, the advantage is

represented by the fact that only

transactions which exceed the

thresholds should be analysed

Page 24: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

24

When?

The deadline for the

preparation of the transfer

pricing file is represented by

the deadline for the

submission of the annual

corporate income tax return.

How?

The transfer pricing file should

be presented upon the request

of the tax authorities either

during a tax audit or outside

such process. The file should

be presented in maximum 10

days from the request date, but

not earlier than 10 days from

the annual deadline mentioned

above.

within the transfer pricing file,

and not all the transactions.

In addition, due to this new

regulation, starting with 2017 it

is expected that the number of

tax audits increases for the large

taxpayers. Given this, we

consider that this new

regulation is an efficient one in order to prevent the base

erosion and profit shifting

between multinational

companies.

Preparation of

transfer

pricing file

upon request

By whom?

All taxpayers which perform

transactions with

affiliated

companies,

irrespective of the

annual value of

the transactions.

How & When?

The transfer

pricing file should

be presented upon

the request of the

tax authorities

during a tax audit.

The deadline for

the presentation of

the file upon

request is of

maximum 3

months and can be

extended only

once with a period

equal with that

initially

established.

By whom?

Large taxpayers which do not

exceed the thresholds

mentioned above (for the

mandatory annual preparation

of the transfer pricing file),

small and medium taxpayers which record an annual value

of the transactions performed

with affiliated companies

higher than or equal to any of

the following thresholds:

o EUR 50,000 for

interest paid/ received;

o EUR 50,000 for

services provided/

received;

o EUR 100,000 for sale/

acquisition of tangible

and intangible goods.

How & When?

The transfer pricing file should

be presented upon the request

of the tax authorities during a

tax audit.

The deadline for the

presentation of the file upon

request is of 30 to 60 days and

can be extended only once

with maximum 30 days.

This new regulation presents

some advantages, as follows:

o for the taxpayers targeted

by this regulation there is

no obligation regarding the

annual transfer pricing file

preparation;

o only transactions which

exceed the thresholds

should be analysed within

the transfer pricing file,

and not all the

transactions.

The disadvantage is

represented by the diminishing

of the presentation deadline.

However, we consider that the

diminishing of the

presentation deadline

represents an efficient

regulation, as this encourage

the taxpayers to prepare a

transfer pricing file, irrespective

they are or not subject to a tax

audit.

Other

documentation

rules n.a.

Taxpayers who perform intra

– group transactions below

the thresholds mentioned

above (for the preparation of

the transfer pricing file upon

request) should not prepare a

We consider that this regulation

is an efficient one and

represents an advantage for the

taxpayers, as it eliminates the

situation in which the costs

incurred by a taxpayer in order

Page 25: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

25

transfer pricing file. They have

only the obligation to

document, during a tax audit,

the compliance of the transfer

pricing with the arm`s length

principle. This should be

performed according to the

general rules provided by the

financial-accounting and tax

legislation in force.

Order 442/2016 does not

define the practical approach

of documenting the arm’s

length nature of transfer

pricing according to the

general rules provided by the

financial-accounting and tax

legislation in force.

to prepare the transfer pricing

file would be higher than the

value of the intra-group

transactions performed.

On the other hand, the fact that

there is no definition with

regards to the documentation

which should be performed

represents a disadvantage for

taxpayers, as this situation

might lead to

misunderstandings and possible

disputes to the tax authorities.

II. The content of the transfer pricing file

Order 222/2008 vs. Order 442/2016 Impact

The structure of the transfer pricing documentation file

provided by Order 442/2016 is more complex compared

with the structure provided by Order 222/2008. The new

structure requires, inter alia, the presentation of more

detailed information about the group of companies (e.g. a

description of any business restructuring that occurred

within the group; a general description of the group

research and development activity; a general description

of the transfer pricing policy regarding financial

arrangements concluded between affiliated companies

within the group etc.).

The modification of the content of the

transfer pricing file involves the allocation

of more resources in order to prepare it.

This thing could represent a disadvantage

for taxpayers.

However, we consider that the advantage is

represented by the fact that the presentation

of the new information requested by Order

442/2016 could be relevant in order to

perform an accuracy transfer pricing

analysis.

III. Transfer pricing adjustment and estimation procedures

Order 222/2008 vs. Order 442/2016 Impact

In the case that taxpayers fails to submit the transfer

pricing file or submit an incomplete one, the tax

authorities could perform the estimation of transfer

prices.

The estimation process is followed by the adjustment of

the transfer prices.

The adjustment of transfer prices is also performed when

taxpayers carry out related party transactions which do

not comply with the arm`s length principle.

According to Order 222/2008 the estimation of transfer

prices was performed based on the arithmetic average of

the amount of three similar transactions carried out

between independent companies and selected by the tax

authorities.

According to Order 442/2016 transfer prices are adjusted/

estimated based on the level of the central tendency of

the market (i.e. the median value of the comparison range

of the prices or margin used by independent companies

which perform comparable transactions).

The modification of the estimation

procedures based on the level of the central

tendency of the market represents an

advantage for the taxpayers, as it avoids

the abusive approach of the tax authorities

of selecting those three transactions which

are the most unfavourable for the taxpayers.

Source: own processing

Page 26: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

26

5. THE PERCEPTION OF THE TAX SPECIALISTS ABOUT THE TRANSFER

PRICING SUBJECT AND THE RELATED LEGISLATION: RESULTS AND

INTERPRETATIONS

Given the fact that almost for each new transfer pricing regulation we have identified both

advantages and disadvantages, and considering that these regulations represent a controversy

subject for the business environment, we found interesting to identify the general perception of

the tax specialists about the transfer pricing subject and the related legislation and to identify if

there is need for a change in the Romanian transfer pricing legislation.

In the table no.2 below we presented the number of persons involved in the research, as well as

the questionnaire response rate.

Information presented within table 2 was provided by the online platform GoogleDocs and the

Gmail platform.

The percentage values were computed as follows:

E-mails: error sending = E-mails: error sending/ E-mails: total available

E-mails: actually sent = E-mails: actually sent/ E-mails: total available

Effective responses = Effective responses/ E-mails: actually sent

Table no.2 - Questionnaire response rate

Element Number %

E-mails: total available 4,486 100%

E-mails: error sending 315 7%

E-mails: actually sent 4,171 93%

Effective responses 167 4%

Source: own processing

In the following sections we presented the interpretation of results obtained based on the answers

received from 167 tax consultants which completed the questionnaire.

5.1. General information about the respondents

According with the statistics generated by the online platform GoogleDocs, the responses were

received as follows:

25% from the responses were received from people who are only members of CCF;

50% from people who are members of both CECCAR and CCF;

19% from members of the following three professional bodies: CECCAR, CCF and CFR;

the difference of 6% represents answers received from members of CCF and ACCA;

CCF and CFR; CECCAR, CCF and ACCA; CECCAR, CCF, CFR and ACCA.

The figure 1 below presents the field in which the respondents are working. As could be

observed, a big part of the respondents is working in the field of tax advice (34%) and in the

field of accounting services (also 34%).

Page 27: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

27

Figure 1. Areas in which respondents are working

Source: own processing

Moreover, 83% of the respondents have an experience of over 10 years. The hierarchy is

completed by persons with prior professional activity between 6 and 10 years (14% of

respondents) and finally by those with less than five years of experience.

In addition, 52% of the respondents worked in transfer pricing projects and have experience in

this domain.

Regarding the participation to transfer pricing courses, 73% of the respondents would attend

such courses on their own initiative, while 20% of the respondents would participate to this kind

of courses only at the request of professional bodies. The difference of 7% would participate to

transfer pricing courses only upon the request of the employer.

Overall, we consider that the fact that most of the respondents are members of other professional

bodies in addition to CCF, have an experience of over 10 years, worked in transfer pricing

projects and have experience in this domain and would participate to transfer pricing courses on

their own initiative, represents a positive aspect in our research and ensures us that the responses

to the questionnaire have a high quality level.

5.2. General perception of the respondents about the transfer pricing subject and about the

related legislation

General perception about the transfer pricing subject

Our research aimed to gather the opinion of the respondents about the following three aspects

related to the transfer pricing subject:

the importance that group of companies should pay to transfer pricing aspects;

the transfer pricing documentation;

the involvement of the professional organizations in the training of the transfer pricing

specialists.

Regarding the importance that groups of companies should pay to transfer pricing aspects, 58%

of the respondents consider that the transfer pricing subject should be highly important for the

groups of companies and 31% of the respondents consider this subject important.

Respondents who stated that transfer pricing subject should be highly important for groups of

companies are those who are working in the tax advisory field and in accounting services field

and have more than 10 years of experience.

Page 28: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

28

Furthermore 8% of the respondents believe that the group of companies should pay a medium

importance to transfer pricing aspects, while 3% consider that transfer prices should have a low

importance for groups of companies.

Following, we tried to capture the perception of the respondents about the factors which make

the transfer pricing documentation process a difficult one. These factors have been classified

using the Likert scale. Therefore, the answers could take values from 1 (the lowest value) to 5

(the highest value). The hierarchy of the factors which cause the difficulty of the transfer pricing

documentation, set based on the answers obtained, is shown in table no.3 below.

Table no.3. - Hierarchy of factors which cause the difficulty of the transfer pricing documentation

process

Factor Rank based

on average Average Minimum Maximum

Standard

Deviation

Access to the database in order to

identify comparable companies 1 4.28 1 5 1.12

The lack of detailed guidelines with

regards to the technical aspects used

in the transfer pricing documentation

process

2 4 1 5 1.23

Lack of technical knowledge required

for the individuals within a company

who are involved in the transfer

pricing documentation process

3 3.77 1 5 1.12

Characteristics of business

environment 4 3.43 1 5 1.26

Source: own processing

It is observed that the most important factor that causes the difficulty of the transfer pricing

documentation process is represented by the access to the database in order to identify

comparable companies. It was an expected result as a company should incur considerable costs

in order to access a database with comparable companies and as a consequence many companies

externalize the transfer pricing documentation to specialized firms.

The second important factor which makes the transfer pricing documentation process a difficult

one is represented by the lack of detailed guidelines with regards to the technical aspects. Also,

as a solution to this situation, companies externalize the transfer pricing documentation process

to specialized firms. Furthermore, we consider that we identify a need for the introduction in the

Romanian transfer pricing regulatory framework of detailed guidelines with regards to the

technical aspects used in the transfer pricing documentation process (e.g. steps which should be

followed in order to perform a benchmark analysis, guidelines regarding the presentation of the

functional analysis etc.)

According to the answers received the characteristics of business environment have the lowest

influence on the transfer pricing documentation process.

Another factor which makes the transfer pricing documentation process a difficult one is

represented by the lack of technical knowledge required for the individuals within a company

who are involved in the transfer pricing documentation process. In this respect, 94% of the

respondents believe that the professional organizations should be involved in the training of the

transfer pricing specialists. They also believe that such involvement would be useful for the

professionals in the field of finance and accounting.

Page 29: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

29

General perception about the transfer pricing legislation

According to figure 2, most of the respondents (37%) consider that the Romanian transfer

pricing legislation could contribute in a large measure to the prevention of the opportunistic

practices of multinationals regarding the manipulation of the tax result through transfer pricing

mechanism. The hierarchy is completed by the respondents who consider that the Romanian

transfer pricing legislation could prevent the manipulation of tax result in a very large measure

(32%), in a medium measure (23%), in a small measure (6%) and in a very small measure (2%).

Figure 2. Romanian transfer pricing legislation

Source: own processing

Moreover, 64% of the respondents consider that the Romanian transfer pricing legislation is

ambiguous and too summary, while 20% of the respondents believe that it is properly structured

and easy to understand. This result is converging with that of previous works (Coralciu & Tiron,

2014).

The rest of the respondents (16%) filled their own response in relation to the Romanian transfer

pricing legislation. The most important remarks made by these respondents are the followings:

the legislation is difficult, ambiguous and consuming of financial and human resources;

the legislation is not properly structured, but it is clear;

the principles of the legislation are solid (as they are in line with the OECD Guidelines),

but many practical issues need to be better regulated/clarified;

the legislation is easy to understand, but its implementation in practice is deficient;

the Romanian transfer pricing legislation is insufficient and not properly structured;

the legislation leads to misunderstandings and possible disputes between tax authorities

and taxpayers.

Based on the responses received we identified the need for a properly structuring of the

Romanian transfer pricing legislation, in order to be easy to understand and to avoid any

misunderstandings which could conduct to disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities.

5.3. Perception of the respondents about the new transfer pricing regulations

With regards to the new transfer pricing regulations adopted by Romania in 2016, 73% of the

respondents consider that these regulations, compared with the old ones, will determine

companies to pay more attention to the transfer pricing subject.

Furthermore, in this section of the questionnaire we tried to gather the opinion of the respondents

about the following aspects related to the new transfer regulations:

Page 30: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

30

the thresholds used in order to assess if a taxpayer has the obligation to prepare a transfer

pricing file for the transactions performed with its affiliated companies;

the preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file (i.e. the modification of the

deadline established for the presentation of the transfer pricing file upon the request of

the tax authorities and the introduction of the mandatory annual preparation of the

transfer pricing file for large taxpayers);

the new content of the transfer pricing file.

We chose to capture the perception of the specialists on these aspects, because as we have

already presented above within section 4, these new regulations have a significant impact on the

activity of the groups of companies.

Thresholds

79% of the respondents agree with the introduction of thresholds in order to assess if a taxpayer

has the obligation to prepare a transfer pricing file and believe that this represents an efficient

legislative amendment, but only 62% of the respondents consider that the values of the

thresholds are reasonable. 7 % of the respondents consider that the values of the thresholds are

too high, while 23% consider them too small.

On the other hand, 10% of the respondents do not agree with the introduction of thresholds in

order to assess if a taxpayer has the obligation to prepare a transfer pricing file and believe that

all taxpayers should have the obligation to prepare a transfer pricing file, irrespective of the

value of the transactions performed with affiliated companies. In addition, 3% of the respondents

have other opinions about the introduction of thresholds. We mentioned herein the most

important two opinions in this respect: “the threshold criterion is not exhaustive and sufficient in

order to remove the obligation regarding the transfer pricing documentation”, “only time can

prove the effectiveness of these thresholds”.

A percentage of 8% of the respondents could not express any opinion about the introduction of

thresholds and its values because they do not have any knowledge about this topic.

Figure 3 and figure 4 summarize the results obtained and interpreted above in relation to the

thresholds used in order to assess if a taxpayer has the obligation to prepare a transfer pricing

file.

Figure 3. Introduction of thresholds

Figure 4. Value of the thresholds

Source: own processing Source: own processing

Page 31: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

31

Presentation and preparation of the transfer pricing file

71% of the respondents agree with the new regulation brought by the Order 442/2016 which

provides that the large taxpayers (which perform intra-group transactions exceeding certain

thresholds) should prepare an annual transfer pricing documentation file until the deadline for the

submission of the annual corporate income tax return.

On the other hand, 25% of the respondents believe that the mandatory annual preparation of the

transfer pricing file should exist for all taxpayers, irrespective of its categories (i.e. large,

medium, small). The difference of 4% is represented by those respondents which cannot express

any opinion because they do not have any knowledge about this topic.

Regarding the diminishing of the deadline (from maximum 6 months in 2015 to 90 days in 2016)

established for the preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file upon the request of the

tax authorities, within a tax audit, more than half of the respondents (52%) agree with this new

regulation. In this respect, they consider that the diminishing of the deadline will determine the

companies to pay more attention to the transfer pricing documentation file, preparing it in time,

irrespective they are or not subject to a tax audit.

35% of the respondents do not agree with this new regulation and consider it as an abusive

measure of the tax authorities.

A percentage of 8% of the respondents could not express any opinion about the diminishing of

the deadline because they do not have any knowledge about this topic, while a percentage of 5%

of the respondents have other opinions, from which the most important are: “the new deadline is

very short, but the taxpayer should learn from this to prepare the transfer pricing file regularly,

without waiting a tax audit”, “I agree with the new deadline, but I think it should be established

exceptions to this rule, depending on the profile of the company (turnover, number of clients,

etc.)”.

Figure 5 summarizes the results obtained and interpreted above in relation to the diminishing of

the deadline established for the preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file upon the

request of the tax authorities, within a tax audit.

Figure 5. Deadline established for the preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file

Source: own processing

Content of the transfer pricing file

With regards to the new content of the transfer pricing file, according to figure 6, there are

controversy opinions. As could be observed, 40% of the respondents do not agree with the new

structure of the transfer pricing documentation file considering that it is too detailed and requests

information which is not relevant.

Page 32: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

32

On the other hand, 39% of the respondents agree with the new structure of the transfer pricing

documentation file and consider that the new information requested is relevant and useful for the

analysing of the transfer prices.

21% of respondents could not express any opinion because they do not have any knowledge

about the new content of the transfer pricing documentation file.

Figure 6. Content of the transfer pricing documentation file

Source: own processing

We would like to emphasise the fact that the respondents to our questionnaire pay a special

attention to the transfer pricing subject, as only a little percentage (i.e. 8%) is not informed about

the recently regulations in terms of transfer pricing. Moreover, we consider that the fact that only

a percentage of 21% of the respondents does not have knowledge about the content of the

transfer pricing file represents a positive aspect as this information is a technical one and

presents a big importance only for the transfer pricing specialists.

5.4. Is there a need for change in the Romanian transfer pricing legislation?

As we already mentioned above, most of the respondents believe that the transfer pricing

legislation could contribute in a large measure to the prevention of the opportunistic practices of

multinationals regarding the manipulation of the tax result through transfer pricing mechanism.

However, the respondents consider that in order for the Romanian transfer pricing legislation to

represent an effective and efficient measure in terms of prevention of tax results` manipulation,

there should be included new regulations. In the table no.4 we presented the most important

changes that the Romanian transfer pricing legislation needs in this respect.

Table no.4 - Changes needed by the Romanian transfer pricing legislation

Change No. of

respondents Rank

Implementation of BEPS Action 13 "Transfer Pricing Documentation and

Country-by-Country Reporting" 89 1

Publication of the transfer pricing documentation file by the listed companies 49 2

Introduction of higher fines and penalties for the failure to prepare the

transfer pricing documentation file 20 3

The preparation and submission of the transfer pricing documentation file to

be annually and mandatory for all taxpayers 17 4

Other changes (e.g. encouraging of the taxpayers to use APAs, detailed

guidelines with regards to the technical aspects used in the transfer pricing

documentation process, encouraging of the taxpayers to document the intra-

group transactions by granting tax deductions/ facilities)

16 5

Source: own processing

Page 33: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

33

As could be observed, the most important amendment that needs the Romanian transfer pricing

legislation is represented by the implementation of the BEPS Action Plan, more exactly of

Action 13 "Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting". The following

important change could be represented by the publication of the transfer pricing documentation

file by the listed companies. Changes such as the introduction of higher fines and penalties for

the failure to prepare the transfer pricing documentation file and the introduction of the annual

mandatory preparation of the transfer pricing file for all taxpayers are not so important in order

to prevent the manipulation of the tax results through transfer pricing mechanism. This result

converges with that presented above, according to only a small part of the respondents believe

that the mandatory annual preparation of the transfer pricing file should exist for all taxpayers,

irrespective of its categories (i.e. large, medium, small).

According to the responses received to the open question, the most important changes that the

Romanian transfer pricing legislation needs are represented by:

definition of the practical approach of documenting the arm’s length nature of transfer

pricing according to the general rules provided by the financial-accounting and tax

legislation in force. Such a definition would avoid misunderstandings and possible

disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities;

definition of the concept of incomplete transfer pricing file. This definition would also

avoid misunderstandings and possible disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities, as

in the case of an incomplete file the tax authorities could perform the estimation of

transfer prices;

the deadline for the mandatory annual preparation of the transfer pricing file should be

established after the submission of the annual financial statements and not until the

submission of the annual corporate income tax return;

Order 442/2016 should be accompanied by norms;

implementation of a common practical guide for taxpayers and tax authorities in order to

ensure a uniform application of the legislative provisions;

publication of a template for the transfer pricing file that should be used by all taxpayers.

In addition, almost all respondents consider that Romania does not need only a change in the

transfer pricing legislation. Romania also needs well trained transfer pricing specialists and tax

inspectors. In this respect, a solutions proposed is represented by the organization of transfer

pricing courses and seminars financed by European founds. Another solution could be

represented by the implication of the professional organizations in the training of transfer pricing

specialists.

6. CONCLUSIONS

During 2016 the Romanian transfer pricing legislation was subject to significant amendments

which impact the business environment. The major amendment and one of the most important

event in the evolution of the Romanian transfer pricing legislation is represented by the

publication in the Romanian Official Gazette of Order 442/2016 regarding the value of

transactions, the preparation terms, the content and the conditions under which the transfer

pricing documentation file is to be requested and presented and the procedure for

adjusting/estimating the transfer prices.

The research performed by us through the comparison of the provisions of the Order 222/2008

(applicable until the end of 2015) with the ones of Order 442/20016 (applicable starting with

2016), and also the opinions expressed by the specialists questioned led us to conclude that the

Page 34: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

34

new transfer pricing regulations adopted by Romania present advantages and disadvantages for

groups of companies, but overall they are efficient and represent a big step for the prevention of

the base erosion and profit shifting between multinationals.

In this respect, the respondents considered that the introduction of thresholds in order to assess if

a taxpayer has the obligation to prepare a transfer pricing file represents an efficient legislative

amendment. In addition, according with the answers of the respondents, the diminishing of the

deadline established for the preparation and presentation of the transfer pricing file upon the

request of the tax authorities, the introduction of the mandatory annual preparation of the transfer

pricing file and the new information requested to be included in a transfer pricing file

documentation represent important steps in order to prevent the base erosion and profit shifting,

but all these new regulations are not still sufficient in this respect.

Therefore the Romanian transfer pricing legislation needs some changes which would contribute

to a better prevention of the base erosion and profit shifting (e.g. implementation of BEPS

Action 13 “Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting”; publication of

the transfer pricing documentation file by the listed companies etc.).

Furthermore, the respondents noted that the Romanian transfer pricing legislation is ambiguous

and not very well structured and due to this it might led to misunderstandings and possible

disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities. In order to avoid these misunderstandings, the

results of our research show that the Order 442/2016 should be accompanied by application

norms which should define and clarify some concepts like that of incomplete transfer pricing file

or that of documentation of the arm`s length nature of the transfer pricing according to the

general rules provided by the financial-accounting and tax legislation in force. Other changes

that the Romanian transfer pricing regulatory framework needs are represented by the

implementation of detailed guidelines with regards to the technical aspects involved by a transfer

pricing analysis (e.g. the benchmark analysis, the functional analysis of the intra-group

transactions etc.).

With regards to the limit of the research, it is represented by the relatively limited number of

answers received. However, considering that there is no study performed in relation to the

perception of the tax specialists on the new transfer pricing legislation adopted by Romania

starting with 2016 and there was not investigated if the Romanian transfer pricing legislation

needs other amendments, we consider that our research improves the transfer pricing literature

and could provide new insights for future researches related to the transfer pricing legislation.

In this respect, future research directions could be represented by the comparison of the

Romanian transfer legislation with the transfer pricing legislation of other European countries

and also by the comparison of the perception of the tax specialists on Romanian transfer

legislation with the perception of these specialists on the transfer pricing legislation of other

European countries. In addition, there could also be performed a comparison between the

perception of the Romanian tax specialists on the Romanian transfer pricing legislation and the

perception of foreign tax specialists on this legislation. The paper could represent a starting point

for all future research directions mentioned above.

Moreover, taking into account that the Romanian Government approved the ascension of the

Romania as associate to the BEPS Implementation Forum in order for our country to implement

the BEPS measures at national level, a future research direction might imply the analysis of the

BEPS Action Plan and the capture of the specialists` perception about the implementation of the

BEPS measure at the level of Romania.

Page 35: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

35

REFERENCES: Coralciu, A., Tiron Tudor, A. (2014) “Research on the Perception of Professionals in Romania in the

Field of Finance and Accounting Related to Specific Aspects of Transfer Pricing”, Audit Financiar,

vol. 12, issue 109, pp.11-17.

Chelcea, S. (2001) “Tehnici de cercetare sociologică”, available online at https://alingavreliuc.files.

wordpress.com/2010/10/septimiu-chelcea-tehnici-de-cercetare-sociologica1.pdf

http://www.ccfiscali.ro/registrul-consultantilor-fiscali-si-al-societatilor-comerciale-de-consultanta-fiscala

Ito, J., Komoriya, Y. (2015) Firms' Location Selections and Regional Policy in the Global Economy,

Chapter 6 - The impact of transfer pricing regulations on the location decisions of MNEs, Tokyo:

Springer, pp. 81-106.

Yao, J.T: (2013) “The arm's length principle, transfer pricing, and location choices”, Journal of

Economics and Business, vol. 65, issue January–February, pp. 1-13.

Keuschnigg, C., Devereux, M.P. (2013) ”The arm's length principle and distortions to multinational firm

organization”, Journal of International Economics, vol. 89, issue 2, pp. 432-440.

Lamers, I., Mcharo, P., Nakajima, K. (2014) “Tax base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) and

international economic law”, Genève: The Graduate Institute, Centre for Trade and Economic

Integration, CTEI working papers

Lohse, T., Riedel, N. (2013) “Do Transfer Pricing Laws Limit International Income Shifting? Evidence

from European multinationals”, CESinfo working paper, No. 4404

Lohse, T., Riedel, N., Spengel, C. (2012) “The increasing importance of transfer pricing regulations – a

worldwide overview”, Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation working paper 12/27

Matei, G., Pîrvu D. (2011) “Preţurile de transfer în Uniunea Europeană”, Economie teoretică şi aplicată,

vol. XVIII (2011), issues 4(557), pp. 99-111.

Mirjam, K. (2015) “Transfer Pricing in a BEPS Era: Rethinking the Arm’s Length Principle – Part I”,

International Transfer Pricing Journal, vol. 3, pp. 41-144.

Neighbour, J. (2002) Transfer pricing: Keeping it at arm’s length, in OECD Observer No. 230, OECD

Center for Tax Policy and Administration.

OECD (2010) Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations,

available online at http://www.oecd.org/tax/oecd-council-approves-incorporation-of-beps-

amendments-into-the-transfer-pricing-guidelines-for-multinational-enterprises-and-tax-

administrations.htm

OECD (2015), Aligning Transfer Pricing Outcomes with Value Creation, Actions 8-10 - 2015 Final

Reports, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, OECD Publishing, Paris, available

online at http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264241244-en

OECD (2015), Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting, Action 13 - 2015

Final Report, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, OECD Publishing, Paris,

available online at http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264241480-en

Oosterhoff (2011) “Global Transfer Pricing Trends”, International Transfer Pricing Journal, vol.

May/June 2011, pp. 159-164.

Order no. 222/2008 regarding the content of the transfer pricing file, Bucharest: Romanian Official

Gazette no. 129/19.02.2008.

Order no. 442/2016 regarding the value of transactions, the preparation terms, the content and the

conditions under which the transfer pricing documentation file is to be requested and presented and

the procedure for adjusting/estimating the transfer prices, Bucharest: Romanian Official Gazette no.

74/02.02.2016.

Peralta, S., Wauthy, X., van Ypersele, T. (2006), "Should countries control international profit shifting?,"

Journal of International Economics, Elsevier, vol. 68, issues 1, pp. 24-37.

Sansing, R. (2014) "International Transfer Pricing", Foundations and Trends in Accounting, vol. 9, issue

1, pp. 1-57.

Silberztein, C. (2008), Transfer Pricing Manual, London: BNA International Inc.

Smith, R.A., Eden, L. (2001) “Not at arm’s length: a guide to transfer pricing resources”, Journal of

Business & Finance Librarianship, vol. 6, issues 4, pp. 3-22.

Stana, B. (2016) “The business perspective on transfer pricing and related legislation”, Audit Financiar,

vol. XIV, issue 3(135), pp. 312-319.

Page 36: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

36

IMPACT OF IFRS ON MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING: STUDY

FROM TRANSITIONAL ECONOMY

Irena JINDRICHOVSKA

Anglo-American University, Prague, Czech Republic

Dana KUBICKOVA

University of Finance and Administration, Prague, Czech Republic

Abstract

In recent years IFRS adoption has significantly changed reporting styles and habits and has become part

of the accounting environment. In the Czech Republic, this change was quite slow due to existing well-

developed local accounting standards with long-standing European traditions. This study concentrates on

changes in MA practices in the Czech Republic stimulated by IFRS. The study uses a survey questionnaire

method. We posit that an improved and more elaborate informational base required by IFRS reporting

can be employed in internal managerial accounting systems of companies. IFRS could serve as a

platform for better managerial decision-making. In this paper, we develop this point using the

questionnaire survey method to show where and how new information from IFRS improves internal

management accounting by using 105 valid responses from financial and economic directors of Czech

SMES and large companies. The study finds that higher quality management accounting systems are

perceived in companies that have adopted IFRS. However, this cannot be treated as a universal truth,

because of a small number of IFRS users and because it has been observed that management accounting

practices serve their purpose also in companies that do not use IFRS Cultural differences and Czech

accounting history to date may provide some explanation.

Keywords: CEE, Financial reporting, IFRS, Managerial accounting.

JEL Classification: M21, M41

1. INTRODUCTION

In the Czech Republic, transition from public to private ownership took place after privatization

in the 1990s. The industrial structure of the country maintained a strong orientation toward

manufacturing, which remained the major sector in Czech exports.

The financial reporting was changed in 1991 to be oriented more to the needs of external users -

banks as providers of the free capital and state authorities for tax purposes. Internal - managerial

accounting was not regulated by state and remained under the control of companies, which

decided about the type and the form of the internal system of information. This was influenced

by the evolution of information technologies supported by fast development of the technical

devices. The decisive factor influencing the level of internal information system was the way of

privatization of originally state owned company.

The purpose of this article is to investigate possible implications of IFRS on internal reporting of

Czech firms. The study uses a survey questionnaire methodology embedded in the contingency

platform. Unlike financial reporting, managerial reporting does not have any exact reporting

rules or standards even though certain standard practices have been developed in internal

reporting. Managerial accounting is nowadays greatly helped by the use of information

technology, which is using routines and specialized programmes.

Page 37: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

37

The transformation of Czech companies was performed mainly by acquisition by foreign owners.

Now the Czech economy is under the strong and forceful influence of multinational firms in

almost all industries - (machinery, steel and glass production, heavy machinery, and banking).

Currently, about 58 percent of Czech companies are in foreign hands (Ernest, 2014).

Transformation of ownership has altered the management philosophy, increased the role of

managers (mostly from the foreign economic surroundings) and supporting information systems.

Company management is now using market based decision criteria both in the external as well as

in the internal environment. This has changed data collection methods with further elaboration

for use in management activities at all levels of management system.

From an accounting perspective, transition to use of IFRS was not widely welcomed by Czech

companies, who did not see any clear benefits from transforming their Czech-based accounting

systems to IFRS. Some authors have suggested that there was only a limited positive impact, e.g.

Strouhal & Zdarska (2008), Nerudova & Bohusova (2008), Strouhal et al., (2009), Mullerova et

al. (2010), Prochazka (2010, 2011), Jindrichovska et al. (2014). At the same time, Czech

regulators did not rush this transformation, as the Ministry of Finance wanted to maintain

exclusive control over tax reporting. This was perceived as one important encumbrance, which

dissuaded Czech companies from using IFRS fully. Change and more frequent usage of IFRS

came only gradually with greater internationalization of the Czech economy and especially with

changes of ownership in the new millennium initiated in 1990s. Directive 1606/2002 has

required companies listed on EU capital markets to prepare consolidated financial statement in

compliance with IFRS since 2005. However within the Czech context, this directive had only

limited influence due to unimportant position of the Prague Stock Exchange in the financial

system of the country and a small number of listed companies in general. More visible changes

in accounting and reporting were then apparent in companies with foreign ownership.

Accounting regulation was decided centrally by the Ministry of Finance. Presently, accounting

serves mostly private owners which are frequently international firms. That is why international

managements introduce their own practices with regards to financial reporting, and also internal

information systems and internal managerial accounting. In general more detailed results of

internal accounting are needed to prepare IFRS statements for consolidation purposes. However

this need can often be satisfied by reporting only specific items. Thus, now both financial and

managerial accounting serve foreign owners. Needs to more accurately measure company

performance, optimize costs and sharpen pricing policy have emerged.

From the historical standpoint managerial Accounting in the Czech Republic has become an

important part of the managerial systems of companies since the 19th

century. A qualitatively

different stage of this development was brought by the widespread introduction of computer

systems in the1970s and specialized software leading to development of integrated information

platforms in the 1990s. These systems had already been developed in centralized regimes for

purposes of central planning and centralized economic data. However, the logic of in-company

systems of economic data generation had already been significantly developed at the beginning

of 20th

century, e.g. in the recognized Bata shoe company in the 1920s (see e.g. Lesingrova,

2008; Zeleny, 2005; Bata, 2013).

The phenomenon of IFRS came to the Czech Republic in the 1990s as a by-product of

internationalization. Even though interest in IFRS reporting is not great in general, the practice is

gradually spreading due to the influence of international trade and globalized production in some

sectors (mainly in mass or automated production- machinery and car industries). Managements

of some companies appreciate additional better detailed information needed for production of

IFRS statements because it can be used for more efficient management and improvements to

internal management systems. However, this can also be used in a different way: more detailed

Page 38: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

38

information produced for internal managerial systems can be used to prepare international

accounting statements (IFRS statements), that enhance a firm’s reports to shareholders, investors

and other interested parties. Thus, influence is strengthening both ways.

This article is structured as follows: The introduction provides background to the study. The

second part presents brief characteristics of transformation in Czech accounting systems after

1990. The third part provides a literature review of managerial accounting research in CEE

countries and highlights the dominance of financial accounting topics. It provides an overview of

recent studies in management accounting in the CEE countries and in the Czech Republic in

particular. The fourth part presents the methodology of our paper, which is a based on a survey

questionnaire embedded in the platform of contingency theory. The questionnaire structure and

its logic are explained here, as well as characteristics of the used sample. In part five we analyse

the results of the study following the questionnaire structure we interpret the information with

regards to the state and use of managerial accounting in Czech companies. In part six we provide

discussion and summary on the current state of managerial accounting and its implications to the

transformation from Czech accounting standards to IFRS for managerial accounting. The

assumption that better quality internal managerial information is a by-product is assessed. The

last part concludes and details some limitations of our research and suggests further implications

for future studies in this field.

2. CHANGES IN THE SYSTEM OF CZECH ACCOUNTING AFTER 1990

The new Accounting Act No 563/1991, which was introduced on 1 January 1993, was a crucial

step in conversion of the accounting paradigm. It is based on the principle that accounting should

provide appropriate information to company financial managers to make financial decisions

(Schroll, 1995). This act introduced a system of new solutions to describe the current corporate

financial situation. However, those solutions contained many features of the previous approach.

This was the cause and reason for continuous modifications to the Act in ensuing years.

Concurrent dynamic changes in the economic and political environments also required new

modifications.

The first important and extensive change to the original text of the Accounting Act was

adjustment by Act 353/2001 Sb., changing the Act No. 563/1991 on Accounting, as amended,

and certain other Acts. The new wording formulated the topic of accounting more exactly. It

emphasized accrual basis accounting and it established the obligation to comply with the chart of

accounts, classification and identification of items in financial statements, content of the

accounting book sand used accounting procedures in the preparation of individual and

consolidated financial statements in accordance with regulations (decrees). The special Class No

9 was defined in the Chart of accounts to record internal processes for the use of managerial

accounting. The construction of the internal accounting was to describe internal operations in

more detail, taking into account that it is an internal business prerogative.

The interest in voluntary adoption of IFRS for preparation of financial statements was relatively

low but it is increasing with time, e.g. Mullerova, et al., 2010; Pasekova, 2012; Jindrichovska &

Kubickova, 2016. The causes can be seen in many aspects and characteristics of the Czech

economy - its historical context as well as the trajectory of transformation. We also suggest that

as preparation of IFRS statements requires more detailed information on the processes and

accounting items (e.g. depreciation of long term assets, valuation of inventories, recognition of

real value of assets, etc.), internal managerial accounting will be also impacted.

Page 39: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

39

Managerial accounting was changing with alterations of management in particular companies

according to changes of ownership structure. We assume that the most important changes have

taken place in big companies.

3. PREVIOUS LITERATURE

3.1. Seminal literature on managerial accounting from developed countries and concept of

hybridization

The need for managerial accounting (principally cost accounting) had emerged already in the

19th

century with development of industry. One of the initial works in the field was the seminal

work on overhead costs by Clark (1923). Further studies were performed in 1950s and 1960s as

summarized by Berliner & Brimson (1988) in their edited book Cost management for today's

advanced manufacturing. A significant revolution in management accounting brought authors

Johnson & Kaplan (1987) in their book Relevance lost: the rise and fall of management

accounting.

Later in 1998 article, authors Granlund & Lukka speak about homogenization of the two

accounting streams of accounting (financial and managerial) and analyze the drivers of this

development from economic and institutional perspectives. They come to the conclusion that this

tendency comes from economic needs of companies. The authors suggest that firms use their

management accounting systems to improve their own operational efficiency.

More recent developments in the field concentrate on the basic purpose of management

accounting for internal purposes and detailed costing and management incentives. However, the

recent update of the text on advanced management accounting by Kaplan & Atkinson (2015)

shifts the attention from costing issues to overall management of company based on the concept

of activity-based costing. Their resent focus is on non-financial measures of company

performance - customer satisfaction, management of internal processes and managing further

development. Other key topics are motivation of company managers and quantitative

measurement of all in-company processes coming from the BSC approach of management

incentives, which deals explicitly with satisfaction measures and management motivation

schemes.

In the recent decades, the role of management accounting continues to undergo major changes.

Management accountants are no longer only recorders of past performance of the company as

their role has changed especially with the new ERP systems, e.g. Scapens & Jazayeri, 2003;

Burns & Baldvinsdottir, 2005; Byrne & Pierce, 2007; Järvenpää, 2007; Albu et al., 2011;or

Lanto, 2014. Management accountants have become important members of management teams,

creating information for improvement of operational efficiency, and for preparation of corporate

strategy. A significant development in this new role is a great increase in the importance and use

of non-financial measures of performance. New management accounting practices have been

adopted by progressive enterprises around the world.

Management accounting change in organizations has to be seen as an evolutionary process in

which existing ways of thinking, power structures and trust in accountants can all have an impact

on the way in which the actors within the organization respond to external institutional and

economic pressures. It is just this complex process of inter-related influences which shapes

management accounting practices and explains the diversity we see in the practices of individual

companies.

Page 40: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

40

Understanding of changes in management accounting requires a comprehension of various

organisational and historical contingencies. Scapens & Roberts (1993) suggest that there has

been a change in the management accounting research topics in the last thirty years -from

explaining the diversity of practices in an academic community, to making sense of the practices

in individual companies. In management accounting research, the 1970s was an era of

economically oriented mathematical models. Going into the 1980s, management accounting

researchers began to recognise that there was a gap between theory and practice, and that

research to describe “practice” was urgently needed. In the 1990s a variety of theories and a

number of different methodological approaches started to be used to study management

accounting practices. This change is reflected in the shift in the research methods – from

quantitative survey work to qualitative case studies (Scapens, 2006). But the challenge for

current and future work is to use theoretical perspectives which researchers have developed to

provide insights that are relevant and helpful for practitioners. This is the case especially when

academic works theorise issues closer to managers’ daily lives such as accounting changes

(Burns & Scapens, 2000), and accounting in inter-organizational relationship (Mouritsen &

Thrane, 2006), which proposed that accounting can be conceptualised as an instrument helping

to mediate, shape and construct inter-organisational relations through self-regulation and

orchestration mechanisms.

The element of so called hybridization was first analyzed by Caglioa (2003), who examined

how the adoption of the new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system challenges definitions

of expertise and roles of accountants within organizations, leading to new, hybrid positions. The

author has found that expertise and roles of accountants within organizations change due to

adoption of an ERP system and lead to new, hybrid positions.

Burns & Baldvinsdottir, 2005, adopt institutional theory and write about the role of accountants,

suggesting that in recent years we have witnessed a change towards more business-oriented roles

for management accountants. Their paper describes the emergence of new team/process-oriented

roles for so-called ‘hybrid’ accountants in the manufacturing division of a multinational

pharmaceuticals organisation. Further, Lanto, 2014, claims that understanding of the roles of

management accountants is problematic and criticizes the increasing regulatory burden which

may decrease accountants' chances of getting involved in business. She claims that little is

known about corporate reporting practice and whether, if at all, regulation impacts on

accountants' work.

3.2 Literature on different aspects of managerial accounting in the CEE region

Development of managerial accounting in CEE countries during the centrally planned economy

did not take place in isolation from the development in other countries. Even within centrally

controlled enterprises, expansion of technology and increasing complexity of business processes

forced companies to use methods and procedures that enabled effective management.

Components of management accounting - especially costing and use of economic centres- have

become a tool for improving efficiency and cost reduction linking the interests of individuals and

businesses. Development of both theory and practical experience have been linked to

development of accounting practices in the former Soviet Union, where some original works

were published e.g. Livsic, 1971; Popov, 1972; Aksenenko, et al., 1988; etc.).

After changes in the economic and political systems in 1990s in the CEE region the role of

accounting has changed from providing descriptive evidence to an instrument of decision

making and monitoring company performance. Managerial accounting knowledge and its best

practices has been gradually– with the acquiring the methods and tools adequate to the market

economy - disseminated to newly established companies. The first monographs on managerial

Page 41: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

41

accounting adapting the former system of knowledge for new conditions were published at

universities in the early 1990s (e.g. Schroll et al., 1993; 1995; Hradecky & Kral, 1995), at the

same time the first empirical research studies were performed (Schrollet al., 1995). The function

of accounting has shifted its descriptive nature to become a decision-making and performance-

monitoring tool. Key management accounting topics ranged from company cost management

and changes in management accounting systems to environmental management accounting and

control.

On the other hand in the realm of financial reporting, the international standards (IFRS) came

pretty early in CEE countries. Recent studies on application of IFRS in the region show that

international standards have been gradually adopted or incorporated by East European countries

in recent decades and enter the process of rebuilding companies information systems for market

conditions. Studies of the impact of IFRS in the CEE region have been recently summarized in a

special issue of Romanian journal Accounting and Management Information Systems 2, 2014,

which deals IFRS application in Central and South-Eastern European countries. This issue

recapitulates findings in eight cases of application of International Financial Reporting Standards

(IFRS) in Central and South-Eastern European (CSEE) countries and provides an overview of

IFRS practices (Albu & Albu, 2014). Most literature, however, focuses on some aspects of

financial accounting and reporting and only a minority of studies dealt with managerial

accounting and problems of management.

Regarding management accounting in the region, the Hungarian author Vamosi (2000), used

case study frame work to examine how interpretation of new concepts and ideas affected

management accounting in a previously government-owned Hungarian company. He analysed

how the concepts of ´market´ and ´market economy´ were brought into the company and how

they affect priorities and the logic related to management accounting, just as they change the

relations between economy and production. There is a special focus on how ´economic matters´

and management accounting are constituted between ´cargoes-of-thoughts´ and a new ´reality of

everyday life´. It has been shown that calculation practice (surprisingly) technically is almost

unchanged in the new ´reality of everyday life´ - despite a new purpose, whereas cash

management is quite anew discipline; the market economy appeared as an alternative but with

recognizable inscriptions.

Polish author Szychta (2002) researched the scope of application of management accounting

concepts and methods in 60 Polish enterprises using questionnaire survey carried out between

November 1998 and December 1999. The author has found that Polish enterprises mostly

implement the methods and techniques of operational management accounting and short-term

budgeting for cost centres is the most widely used method of management accounting.

Dumitru et al. (2011), analysed management accounting research in Romania since the early

1900s. In Romania, researchers were more concerned with costing techniques than with

management control, which came to the forefront of research topics after 2005. For the last three

decades, the role of the management accountant was to improve the competitiveness and the

profitability of the firms’ rational decision-making process. The article concluded that the

research topics in Romanian journals were more traditional compared with topics in the

Management Accounting Research Journal (MAR).

The Czech author Prochazka (2011) worked on various aspects of management accounting and

suggested that the IFRS may be a special driver for the convergence of financial and

management accounting in transitional countries. He claimed that IFRS adoption has increased

the quality of financial reporting in transitional countries despite significant additional costs and

heavy influence of tax legislation. The paper illustrated a conceptual approach of information

Page 42: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

42

flows from financial to managerial accounting and in-company use of additional information that

lead to hybridization of accounting.

In the last research the same author assesses the influence of IFRS adoption on management

accounting of Czech unlisted companies under foreign control belonging to groups, for which

consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS are prepared (Prochazka, 2016). As

these Czech subsidiaries prepare their statutory accounts in compliance with Czech GAAP, IFRS

are incorporated into management accounting in order to optimise reporting system costs for

meeting information demands of all interested parties. The paper investigates the perception of

management on the importance of IFRS for internal decision making.

Polish author Zarzycka (2012) analysed the role of information system (ERP) in Polish

companies and asked, whether ERP system impacted on the management accountant's tasks and

functions. The author evaluated the role of managers using field studies on six enterprises owned

by multinational corporations.

Albu & Albu (2012) investigated the existence and use of management accounting techniques in

Romanian companies using contingency theory analyzing institutional and environmental

factors. The authors have found that adoption and use of management accounting techniques

were mostly associated with the presence of foreign capital.

Jinga & Dumitru (2015) explained the process of change in management accounting in Romania.

The authors claimed that during former regime of central planning there was only a full cost

computation process, which was used for the determination of the selling price. As prices were

fixed, the role of the cost determination was limited. The authors concluded that changes in the

management accounting system of the company under analysis occurred in the same time as the

institutionalisation of the company management accounting system, which was modelled by the

contingencies specific to particular company (e.g. environment, industry, strategy).

4. RESEARCH METHOD AND SAMPLE

4.1. General underpinnings

The methodology of this paper is based on contingency theory, institutional theory and critical

analysis of historical development of accountancy in connection with development of economy

in transitional period.

Contingency theory implies that contextual factors affect management of companies and impact

its management accounting system. Influencing factors are objectively determined by social

political and institutional environment (Bhimani, 2006). The theory is based on the work of

organizational theorists suggesting that the organization’s structure (including its management

accounting system) depends on contingency variables (such as its environment, size, or strategy).

Institutional theory is a widely accepted theoretical posture that emphasizes rational myths,

isomorphism, and legitimacy (Powell & DiMaggio, 1991) and implies that in order for an

organization to survive, it must conform to the rules and belief systems prevailing in the

environment (Scott, 1995).

Page 43: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

43

4.2. Questionnaire structure

The aim of our investigation was to reveal if the IFRS adoption has influenced the managerial

accounting of the firms. The investigation was based on the assumption used in prior literature,

that the IFRS adoption results in increasing interest of company management in internal

information system and in the improvements of techniques used and/or implementation of new

techniques. The method of the research was used the questioning. The questions in the survey

were formulated employing these hypotheses:

1) The adoption of IFRS will be reflected in greater importance that firms devote to internal

management accounting processes and procedures. The management accounting will be

used more intensively by firms that use IFRS.

2) The IFRS adoption and its higher demands on the quality of information has led to better

quality of management accounting information. The request on the high quality led to the

change of tools and methods. This higher quality will be recognized by firm managers and

other relevant employees (our respondents).

Along the lines of our general interest the questionnaire was composed containing five parts. The

first part was aimed at identification of respondents including the potential obligation of IFRS

usage. The second part included the questions investigating the scope of usage of management

accounting in the firms. Investigation was organized in three steps, which gradually enhanced

our findings. First, whether firms use any management accounting as a system without specifica-

tion of their individual components. Second, which components of managerial accounting are

used in the said company? The third part included open questions to provide personal opinion of

respondents on whether adoption of IFRS had any influence on the quality and availability of in-

company information system. The last part concentrated on general evaluation of the effects of

IFRS adoption, overall comments and possible further remarks to the questionnaire.

4.3. Research sample

In our research we have used a database by Bisnode, containing 1,613 medium and large firms e-

mail contacts to chief financial officers and chief accountants. In total we processed 105

completed questionnaires. This means a response rate of 6.5 per cent. The research was run

between January and February 2015. The final sample included 78 small and medium firms and

27 big firms. And there were 22 companies that use IFRS.

Industrial production is prevalent in the Czech companies in general. This is reflected also in our

sample where production companies represent almost 50 percent of companies in the sample.

Trade and services together represent about 22 per cent. With regards to the ownership there

were 52 subsidiaries of foreign companies with the ownership share of more than 25 per cent.

Details of industrial structure of the sample are in the lower part of table 1.

Table no.1 - Sample description

Sample size: 105 ( =100% )

Company size SME 74,30 [pax] < 10 11 - 50 51 - 250 > 250

Large 25,70 No. of employees 0,95 10,48 44,76 43,81

IFRS yes 20,95 [mil. EUR] < 2 2 - 10 10 - 43 > 43

no 79,05 Assets 13,33 20,00 35,24 31,43

Foreign ownership> 25% yes 49,52 [mil. EUR] < 2 2 - 10 > 10 x

no 50,48 Net turnover 10,48 20,95 68,57 x

Industrial sector (%)

Manufacturing Trade Services Construction Agriculture Other

49,50 12,40 18,10 5,70 1,90 12,40

Source: own investigation

Page 44: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

44

5. RESULTS

5.1. The scope of usage of management accounting and impact of IFRS

The second part of the questionnaire focused on the scope of usage of management accounting

and its components. The majority of firms (89 firms, i.e. 85 per cent) confirmed the use of

internal management accounting or some element of management accounting. The most

frequently used component of management accounting in companies was costing system. This is

co-determined also historically as the cost management skills were between of the first tasks of

management accounting and has subsequently become the part of managing costs of production

processes, even under the condition of state owned enterprises. This area explained the

continuing high need for costing information. At the same time it showed relatively good

preparedness of company management to use cost information.

Another frequently used component of managerial accounting, was the use of cost centres and

cost centre budgeting. Cost centres were actively used in 82 per cent of companies (86 firms).

The main reason for the use was measurement of efficiency and creation of managerial

incentives. This rationale was chosen in 49 per cent (i.e. 51 firms), while the motivation of cost

reduction was chosen only by 22 per cent of respondents (i.e.23 firms).

Furthermore, we investigated whether companies use any analytical calculations for managerial

decision-making and analysis. We asked about the way how is organized deprecation of fixed

assets. The used system of depreciation also pays attention to the quality of accounting

information. Tax depreciation usually does not reflect the change of value of asset (there is no

duty to calculate two depreciation plans) Tax depreciation does not take into account the

condition in which the fixed assets are used and how is the asset value decreasing. Asset

depreciation according to accounting rules (not tax rules) is used by 81 per cent of respondents

(i.e. 85 firms). Out of this 25 per cent (26 firms) prepare accounting depreciation plans at least

for some selected accounting items. It should be noted that accounting depreciation (different

from that according to tax rules) has become a part of Czech accounting system relatively

recently - in 2010. From the large number of positive responses, we can judge, that companies

devote considerable attention to this area of budgeting expenses, which may be partly explained

by tax and cash flow implications. On the other hand this treatment can be also interpreted as

that the company pays higher attention to quality of accounting information.

The differences in these aspects between IFRS-adopters and IFRS non-adopters are presented in

table 2 and illustrated in figure 1. The system of managerial accounting or the system of using its

partial components is frequently used in firms that adopted IFRS for financial reporting. All

IFRS-adopters (the 22 firms) used managerial accounting, while only 78% (65 firms) from the

group of IFRS-non adopters used managerial accounting. This implies, that 18 firms that do not

use managerial accounting or any partial component.

Table no. 2 - Usage of managerial accounting and its components by IFRS non-adopters and IFRS

adopters

The company uses: IFRS non-adopters (83) IFRS adopters (22) Total (105)

yes % Yes % yes %

system of managerial accounting 65 78% 22 100 87 83

methods of costing (calculation) 61 73% 19 86% 80 76

system of internal cost centres 63 76% 21 95% 84 80

acc. depreciation (financial analysis) 61 73% 21 95% 82 78

Source: own calculation

Page 45: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

45

Figure 1. Components of managerial accounting and its usage by IFRS-adopters and IFRS-non-

adopters

Source: own investigation

In summary, it can be concluded, that a system of management accounting is used relatively

frequently and intensively. The key component of managerial accounting remains costing: 76 per

cent of firms confirmed the usage. The managerial accounting and its various components are

used more often by the group of companies that use IFRS (IFRS- adopters). These findings can

be regarded as a preliminary confirmation of our assumption that the use of IFRS for financial

reporting brings improvement on the level of internal managerial accounting system.

5.2. Quality of management accounting and impact of IFRS

In the next part of the questionnaire we investigated how respondents perceive the quality of

internal management accounting system. Quality of a management information system was

broken down by the following parameters: (1) accessibility and diversification of data, (2)

availability of data for further analysis, (3) sufficiency of information for internal management,

(4) accuracy and timeliness of data for all managerial levels, (5)linkage of managerial accounting

to financial reporting, and (6) cost of the managerial information system. Respondents subjective

answers to these questions were organized on 5 point Lickert scale where 1 represented the

highest evaluation and 5 the lowest evaluation. We assumed that the higher evaluation will be in

the subset of the firms which uses IFRS (IFRS adopters). The results are summarized in table 3

and in table 4. Table 4 summarises the perception of management accounting from the

perspective of individual subgroups of respondents. To identify different influencing factors, we

have reclassified the responses according to responses in three categories: (1) presence of IFRS

reporting, (2) existence of foreign ownership, and (3) size of firm (medium versus large). The

weighted average marks were calculated for each property.

Table no. 3 - Perception of management accounting system by research sample

1-

Strongly

agree

2-

Agree

3-

Neutral

4-

Disagree

5-

Strongly

disagree

Total

(1)

Data for internal management

are sufficiently diversified and

available in places where they

are needed.

Abs 33 44 23 4 1 105

% 31,4 41,9 21,9 3,8 1,0 100,0

Page 46: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

46

1-

Strongly

agree

2-

Agree

3-

Neutral

4-

Disagree

5-

Strongly

disagree

Total

(2)

Information for management

and analysis of financial data in

the company is available and

sufficient.

abs 23 47 23 10 2 105

% 21,9 44,8 21,9 9,5 1,9 100,0

(3)

Economic information system

provides enough information

for internal management.

abs 30 48 X 20 7 105

% 28,6 45,7 X 19,0 6,7 100,0

(4)

Management information

system in your company

provides adequate quality and

timely information for all levels

of management.

abs 25 48 X 26 6 105

% 23,8 45,7 X 24,8 5,7 100,0

(6)

Is the interconnection of

internal (management)

accounting with financial

reporting provided?

abs 38 35 21 8 3 105

% 36,2 33,3 20,0 7,6 2,9 100,0

(5)

Is providing this information

system for your business

expensive?

abs 7 23 42 23 10 105

% 6,7 21,9 40,0 21,9 9,5 100,0

Source: own calculation

To compare the proportions between groups or the test of independence between two categorical

variables can be determined by the Chi-square test. If more than 20 per cent of the expected

frequencies less than five, then it is recommended to use the Fisher’s exact test. This statistical

test enables us to calculate the exact probability of observed frequencies. The values of the

Fisher test are presented in table 4 for each of the three previously classified categories.

The results show, that there were significant differences detected between the group of IFRS

adopters and IFRS non adopters (in four out of six questions). The quality of managerial

accounting systems was perceived as higher in the firms using IFRS. The fifth question

concerned the relation of financial and managerial accounting – in adopters and non-adopters,

and there were no significant differences confirmed. The sixth parameter concerned the

perceived costs of the information system. Here the result of the Fisher test confirms no

differences between the IFRS adopters and IFRS non-adopters.

In the other two cases of classification i.e. difference in the firm ownership and differences in

firm size there were no important discrepancies detected by Fisher´s test. These findings

confirm, that there is no important difference in the perceived quality of management accounting

system between the companies with significant foreign ownership and Czech companies. Neither

is there an important difference in assessment of quality of management accounting between

small versus big companies. This can be interpreted that the influence of foreign parent company

on the subjective perception of quality of management accounting is not significant. Neither are

the significant the results verifying the significance of impact of difference in size of companies

on the quality of management accounting system. Even though it is obvious that subjective

perception of management accounting quality by workers that form an active part of the system

and are its active users could be overshadowed by their direct experience and other factors. This

Page 47: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

47

finding can be considered as indicative and worth further exploration. It is therefore possible to

conclude, that our analysis supported the hypothesis that adoption of IFRS has positive impact

on quality of managerial accounting.

Table no.4 - Assessment of the management information system by sample subgroups

(Total number of observations = 105)

Question Total

mean

Q1 Data for internal management are sufficiently diversified and available in places where they

are needed. 1,97

Q2 Information for management and analysis of financial data in the company is sufficient. 2,23

Q3 Economic information system provides enough information for internal management. 2,01

Q4 Management information system in your company provides adequate quality and timely

information for all levels and levels of management. 2,1

Q5 Is the interconnection of internal (management) accounting with financial reporting

provided? 2,03

Q6 Is providing this information system for your business expensive? 3,06

Presence of IFRS reporting Existence of foreign

ownership

Company size (medium vs.

large)

yes no Fisher

test yes No

Fisher

test SM L

Fisher

test

mean/sd mean/sd p-value mean/sd mean/sd p-value mean/sd mean/sd p-value

Q1 1,955 1,974

0,003** 1,608 1,959

0,152 2,038 1,926

0,523 0,95 0,868 0,493 0,2 0,904 0,829

Q2 2,091 2,269

0,018* 2,02 1,918

0,222 2,282 2,148

0,709 1,109 0,935 0,883 0,886 1,031 0,77

Q3 1,955 2,026

0,012* 2,196 2,265

0,54 2,064 1,963

0,444 0,785 0,882 0,96 0,995 0,917 0,707

Q4 2 2,128

0,002** 2,098 1,918

0,273 2,115 2,148

0,341 0,756 0,858 0,9 0,812 0,882 0,718

Q5 1,864 2,077

0,502 3,078 3,041

0,79 2,026 2,222

0,526 1,046 1,066 1,146 0,999 1,093 0,974

Q6 3,045 3,064

0,982 2,118 2,082

0,213 3,068 3,111

0,399 1,046 1,085 0,84 0,838 1,086 0,934

No.

of

Obs. 22 83 52 53 78 27

Note: ** p-value < 0.05, there is significant difference of means at 10% level of statistical significance, *** p-value

< 0,01 signifies 1 per cent level of statistical significance

Source: own calculation

The comparison of proportions between two groups or the test for independence between two

categorical variables can be determined by the Chi-square test. If there are more than 20% of the

expected frequencies < 5, it’s recommended to use the Fisher’s exact test. This statistical test

enables to calculate the exact probability of observed frequencies.

Page 48: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

48

5.3. Subjective assessment of impact of IFRS on quality of management accounting system

In the third part of the questionnaire we investigated the subjective perception of the impact of

IFRS adoption on the in-company information system. The results are presented in table 5.

Table no.5 - Impact of IFRS adoption on management information system - subjective assessment

1-

Strongly

agree

2-

Agree

3-

Neutral

4-

Disagree

5-

Strongly

disagree

Total mean/

sd

(7)

Adoption of IFRS allows

more diverse data for internal

management according to

their purpose. abs

1 4 8 3 6 22

3,409 1,221

% 4,5 18,2 36,4 13,6 27,3 100,0

(8)

Transition to reporting

according to IFRS improved

information facilities abs

1 3 9 5 4 22

3,364 1,093

% 4,5 13,6 40,9 22,7 18,2 100,0

(9)

Using IFRS leads to an

overall improvement of

economic information for

internal management. abs

1 4 8 6 3 22

3,273 1,077

% 4,5 18,2 36,4 27,3 13,6 100,0

Source: own calculation

As it can be seen, only 4 or 5 respondents from the companies adopting IFRS (i.e. less than one

fifth, or from 20 to 25 per cent) strongly agreed or agreed with the statements that IFRS led to

improvements of internal management accounting, with the statements that IFRS improved

informational facilities or that IFRS improved economic information for internal management of

the company. The answers were not very favourable. However in the final set of questions we

had only 22 respondent companies that used IFRS (22 per cent of the total set), therefore due to

the small number of answers this findings cannot be generalized and we present it just as

indicative responses. The results of statistical test show, that these finding were not statistically

significant.

6. CONCLUSION

The goal of this research was to find the possible implications of IFRS on management

accounting. This research is one of the first studies that adopts the broader view on management

accounting in CEE region and looks at specific aspects in the Czech Republic. The impact of

IFRS adoption has been already investigated from the standpoint of financial reporting, however,

the special aspects of implications on managerial accounting has not yet been extensively

examined.

Management accounting and costing provided necessary support for early industrial

development. With the increased use of computer equipment since 1960s, the use of

management accounting for internal managerial reporting system increased in both quality and

quantity. Enterprise resource planning was used at that time Czechoslovak enterprises. After the

political change in 1990s, and following transition to market economy it became necessary to

rebuilt both financial reporting system and managerial informational systems, usually known as

managerial accounting. Many research studies were conducted to study the issues of financial

accounting including the IFRS adoption. Up to this point, less attention was paid to managerial

accounting and the real situation in firms and to the interaction of financial and managerial

accounting.

Page 49: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

49

Methodology of this research is based on contingency theory, institutional theory and critical

analysis of historical development of accounting. We expected that:

1. The adoption of IFRS will be reflected in greater importance that firms devote to internal

management accounting processes and procedures and therefore the management accounting

will be used more intensively by firms that use the IFRS.

2. The IFRS adoption leads to better quality of management accounting information and

this higher quality will be recognized by firms´ managers and other relevant employees (our

respondents).

The results of our research indicate that the IFRS adoption influences the usage of managerial

accounting. The impact of IFRS adoption on quality of internal information system was

investigated from three perspectives - influence of IFRS adoption, company size and presence of

foreign ownership. Only the presence of IFRS adoption shows statistically significant results in

the qualitative assessment of the management information system. Other influences - presence of

foreign ownership and company size do not seem to have any impact on the perceived quality of

management accounting. However the result needs to be treated with caution due to small

sample size.

This finding is in contrast with recent Romanian study by Albu & Albu, 2012, which found that

adoption and use of management accounting techniques were mostly associated with the

presence of foreign capital. In the Czech Republic, management accounting was used relatively

equally across the whole research sample. The improvement of internal information system

through existence of foreign ownership has not been in our set of firms confirmed, but there is

some evidence of improvement of management accounting system enticed by IFRS adoption.

Our results based on questionnaire survey show that IFRS-adopters steadily integrate the IFRS

principles in their management accounting system. In case of Czech subsidiaries the IFRS

influence is derived from the structure of management information systems of the parent

companies. The parent companies incorporated the executive compensation schemes, that

primarily impact used key performance indicators and set other financial targets (Prochazka,

2016). These indicators determine the structure of the managerial information systems and in-

company managerial accounting as a whole. We also find evidence that with increasing number

of areas, in which management accounting utilises the IFRS-based measures, the subjective

perception of their importance increases.

The research has more potential and further aspects of management accounting should be more

thoroughly investigated including the role of enterprise resource planning and the change of role

of accountants in management teams of large companies. Other research-worthy topic is the

question of software support of company information system and the degree of its usage in daily

practice of managers.

Significant changes in the information systems are needed not only for managers, but for all

company stakeholders affecting both: in-house information system, as well as the scope and

concept of information system for external reporting. This process is manifested by hybridization

of the accounting profession, the emerging practice of integrated reporting, by pressures for

environmental accounting, etc. offering a huge potential for future research linked to potential of

managerial accounting.

Page 50: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

50

Acknowledgements

This paper was prepared with support of Research Project STF-AAU-2016-1 „IFRS and

managerial accounting in the Czech Republic”.

The authors also acknowledge the support of Research project IGA VŠFS No 7767 “Political

and economic effects of IFRS adoption in conditions of Czech Republic” funded by the

institutional support for long-term strategic development of research organization University of

Finance and Administration, Prague. The authors would also like to thank participant of

conference AMIS 2016 and our two collaborators Barbora Úlehlová and Martin Kohout for

technical assistance.

REFERENCES: Albu C.N., Albu N., Faff R., Hodgson A. (2011) “Accounting Competencies and the Changing Role of

Accountants in Emerging Economies: The Case of Romania”, Accounting in Europe, 8(2), pp.155-

184.

Albu, N., Albu, C. N. (2012) “Factors associated with the adoption and use of management accounting

techniques in developing countries: The case of Romania”, Journal of International Financial

Management & Accounting, 23(3), pp. 245-276.

Albu, N., Albu, C.N. (2014) “Editorial - IFRS application in Central and South Eastern European

countries”, Accounting and Management Information Systems, Vol. 13(2), pp. 182-197.

Aksenenko, A.F., Poljakova, S. I., Novikov, V.V. (1988). Vnutrichozjajstvennyj rasčet: otvetstvennost' i

ocenka rezul'tatov. [Incompany budget: Responsibility and the evaluation of results]Moskva:

Ekonomika, 1988.

Bailey, D. (1995) “Accounting in transition in the transitional economy”, European Accounting Review,

4(4), pp. 595-623.

Bata T. (2013), Úvahy a projevy[Reflections and speeches], Praha: Omega 2013.

Berliner, C., Brimson, J.A. (Eds.) (1988). Cost management for today's advanced manufacturing: The

CAM-I conceptual design, Harvard Business School Press.

Bhimani, A. (2006). “Comparative management accounting research: past forays and emerging frontiers”,

Handbooks of Management Accounting Research, 1, pp. 343-363.

Byrne, S., Pierce, B. (2007) “Towards a more comprehensive understanding of the roles of management

accountants”, European Accounting Review, 16(3), pp. 469-498.

Burns, J., Baldvinsdottir, G. (2005) “An Institutional Perspective of Accountants’ New Roles – The

Interplay of Contradictions and Praxis”, European Accounting Review, Vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 725–757.

Burns, J., Scapens, R. W. (2000) “Conceptualizing management accounting change: an institutional

framework”, Management accounting research, 11(1), pp. 3-25.

Caglio, A. (2003) “Enterprise Resource Planning systems and accountants: towards hybridization?”

European Accounting Review, Vol. 12(1), pp.123-153.

Clark, J. M., Casson, M. (1923) Studies in the economics of overhead costs. Chicago: University of

Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, P.J., Powell, W.W. (1991) The New Institutionalism and Organizational Analysis, Chicago:

University of Chicago Press, pp. 1–38.

Dumitru, M., Calu, D.A., Gorgan, C., Calu, A. (2011) “A historical approach of change in management

accounting topics published in Romania”, Accounting and Management Information Systems, 10(3),

pp. 375-396.

Ernest J. (2014), Český průmysl je náš jen z poloviny (Czech industry is only halfours). Statistika &My

Vol. 4, No 10, p. 18-19 available at: http://www.statistikaamy.cz/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/

18041410.pdf [Online 06-07-2015]

Hradecky, M., Kral, B. (1995) Řízení režijních nákladů,[Overheads management] Praha: Prospektrum.

Granlund, M., Lukka, K. (1998) “It's a small world of management accounting practices”, Journal of

Management Accounting Research, 10, pp. 153-179.

Granlund, M., Mouritsen, J. (2003) “Special section on management control and new information

technologies”, European Accounting Review, 12:1, pp. 77-83.

Järvenpää, M. (2007) “Making business partners: a case study on how management accounting culture

was changed”, European Accounting Review, 16(1), pp. 99-142.

Page 51: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

51

Jindrichovska, I., Kubickova, D., Kocmanova, S. (2014) “The development of accounting and application

of IFRS in the Czech Republic”, Accounting and Management Information Systems, 13(2), pp. 198-

235.

Jindrichovska, I., Kubickova, D. (2016) “Economic and Political Implications of IFRS Adoption in the

Czech Republic” in E. Uchenna, M. Nnadi, S. Tanna, & F. Iyoha (Eds.) Economics and Political

Implications of International Financial Reporting Standards (pp. 105-133). Hershey, PA:

doi:10.4018/978-1-4666-9876-5.ch006.

Jinga, G., Dumitru, M. (2015) “The Change in Management Accounting from an Institutional and

Contingency Perspective: A Case Study for a Romanian Company”, International Journal of Social,

Behavioral, Educational, Economic, Business and Industrial Engineering Vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 1872 –

1879.

Johnson, H.T., Kaplan, R.S. (1987) Relevance lost: The rise and fall of managerial accounting. Harvard

Business School.

Kaplan, R.S., Atkinson, A.A. (2015) Advanced management accounting. PHI Learning.

Lanto, A.M. (2014) “Business involvement in accounting: A case study of international financial

reporting standards adoption and the work of accountants”, European Accounting Review, 23(2), pp.

335-356.

Lesingrova, R. (2008) Baťova soustava řízení, 3. vyd. Praha: ROMA, 253 s.

Livsic, V.N. (1971), Vybor optimaĺnych rešenij v techniko-ekonomičeskich rasčotach, [Selection of best

solutions of techno-economic budgets] Moskva: Izdatělstvo Ekonomika.

Mouritsen, J., Thrane, S. (2006) “Accounting, network complementarities and the development of inter-

organisational relations”, Accounting, Organizations and Society, 31(3), pp. 241-275.

Mullerova, L., Pasekova, M., Kubickova, D. (2010) “Analysis of Differences in Reporting According to

IFRS in SMEs in the Czech Republic and its influence on Performance”, ACTA VŠFS, Praha:

Vysoká škola finanční a správní, 2, pp. 106-125.

Nerudova, D., Bohusova, H. (2008) “The empirical study of the SMEs position in the process of IFRS for

SMEs application in the Czech Republic. Economics& Management, 1, pp. 157-162.

Pasekova, M. (2012) Implementace IFRS do malých a středních podniků, [Implementation of IFRS in

small and medium enterprices] Prague: Wolters Kluwer.

Popov G.Ch. (1972) Soveršenstvovanije sistemy vnutrifiremennogo upravlenija. [Improvement of systems

of in-company management]Moskva: Izdatel'stvo Moskovskogo universiteta.

Prochazka, D. (2010) “The development of financial and management accounting after the IFRS

adoption: A case from the Czech Republic”, Available at SSRN 1660122.

Prochazka, D. (2011) “The IFRS Adoption and Its Influence on Mutual Relationship of Financial and

Management Accounting Systems of Czech Companies”, in: Angers, Proceedings of the 6th

IASME/WSEAS International Conference on Economy and Management Transformation (pp. 13-18).

Prochazka, D. (2016) “Specifics of IFRS Adoption by Czech Private Companies”, Procedia-Social and

Behavioral Sciences, 220, pp. 363-372.

Schroll, R., Janout, J., Kralicek V. (1993) Manažerské účetnictví v podmínkách tržního hospodářství

[Management accounting in conditions of market economy], Praha: Trizonia

Schroll, R., Kral, B., Pospisilova, M., Fibirová, J. (1995) Vývojové tendence manažerského účetnictví ve

světě a jejich dopad na vývoj v české ekonomice [Development trends in management accounting in

the world and their impact on the development of the Czech economy].Výzkumná zpráva [Research

report]. Praha: VŠE.

Schroll, R. (1995) “The new accounting system in the Czech Republic”, European Accounting Review,

4(4), pp. 827-832.

Scott, W.R. (1995) Institutions and Organizations, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Strouhal, J., Mullerova, L., Cardova, Z., Pasekova, M. (2009) “National and international financial

reporting rules: Testing the compatibility of Czech reporting from the SMEs perspective”, WSEAS

Transactions on Business and Economics, 6(12), pp. 620-629.

Strouhal, J., Zdarska, P. (2008) “Comparison of the requirements for reporting of listed and non-listed

companies: some issues from the Czech Republic”, Analele Universităţii "Alexandru IoanCuza" Iaşi

– Ştiinţe economice, 55, pp.143-153.

Szychta, A. (2002) “The scope of application of management accounting methods in Polish enterprises”,

Management Accounting Research, 13, pp. 401–418.

Vamosi, T.S. (2000) “Continuity and change; management accounting during processes of transition”,

Management Accounting Research, 11(1), pp. 27-63.

Page 52: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

52

Zarzycka, E. (2012) “Management Accountant's Role and Functions in the Enterprise Resource Planning

Environment - Author's Own Research into Enterprises in Poland”, Comparative Economic

Research, 15(2), pp. 47-64.

Zeleny M. (2005).Cestky k úspěchu-trvalé hodnoty soustavy Baťa [Pathways to Success- Bata’s lasting

value system], Zlín: Čintámani, 153 s. ISBN 80-239-4969-1

Page 53: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

53

SPECIFIC ASPECTS REGARDING THE NEW PROCEDURE

FOR SOLVING COMPLAINTS FOR THE AWARD OF PUBLIC

PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS, SECTOR CONTRACTS,

PUBLIC WORKS CONCESSION CONTRACTS AND PUBLIC

SERVICES CONCESSION CONTRACTS

Anda Mihaiela IOSIF

West University of Timisoara, Romania

Csaba Bela NÁSZ

West University of Timisoara, Romania

Abstract

Reformation of the public procurement system takes place in the context of the new transposition

European directives. The new legislation package is an integral part of the national strategy of public

procurement. Thereby, the new strategy proposes a rearrangement of the public procurement system in

the context of the paradigm shift in the field, and thus, in the whole European Union. The fundamental

elements which are different from the previous legislative framework refer to stability, uniformity,

predictability and, last but not least, an integer approach.

This paper discusses specific aspects of the new law regarding the review procedures in the matter of

awarding public procurement contracts, sector contracts, public works concession contracts and public

services concession contracts, as well as aspects of organising and functioning of The National Council

for Solving Complaints. These aspects refer to: the introduction of a new instrument, called notification,

as a mandatory condition, prior to the formulation of a complaint in front of The National Council for

Solving Complaints or in court; the administrative-jurisdictional remedy system; the review procedure

against decisions of The National Council for Solving Complaints; the juridical remedy system (the

court); measures for the unification of law practice.

Keywords: public procurement; notification; review procedure; juridical remedy system

JEL Classification: H57

1. INTRODUCTION

The award of public procurement contracts by a member state of the EU is performed in

compliance with both the principles of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and

the principles derived from it. Aiming to stimulate on one hand economic growth and strengthen

the confidence in the single market and on the other hand the development of the single market,

the European Commission adopted two sets of measures embodied in the Single Market Act

(2011) and the Single Market Act II (2012).

The reshaping all applicable rules in the matter was done simultaneously with the launch of

Europe 2020 Strategy. Public procurement plays a major role in the Europe 2020 strategy for a

smart, sustainable and inclusive growth, the mechanism of which being considered one of the

most effective tools for putting into practice, i.e., for materialising the principles contained in the

documents mentioned above. The consequence was the legislative reform of the European Union

in the field of public procurement, resulted in three directives adopted in the year 2014, Member

States disposing of two years to transpose into national law the new directives aimed at

simplifying and making more flexible the public procurement process.

Page 54: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

54

Reforming of public procurement system in Romania took place in this context, and national

public procurement strategy1

proposes a rearrangement of the system, in the context of changing

the paradigm at European level as well, according to the new directives adopted.

2. SOLVING COMPLAINTS IN THE MATTER OF AWARDING PUBLIC

PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS, SECTOR CONTRACTS, PUBLIC WORK

CONCESSION CONTRACTS AND PUBLIC SERVICES CONCESSION CONTRACTS

The national legislative package is part of the National Strategy on Public Procurement,

consisting of four regulations, the law dealing with2 the subject in discussion is the one

concerning the remedies and appeals concerning the award of public procurement contracts and

concession contracts and the organisation and functioning of the National Council for Solving

Complaints. The new law also applies to applications involving the granting of compensations

for damages caused by the assigning procedure, as well as those on the execution, cancellation,

rescission, termination or unilateral termination of contracts.

The stated purpose of the Law no. 101/2016 is to ensure nationwide effective mechanisms and

procedures for rapid and effective referral and remedial action to ensure compliance with legal

provisions regarding the assignment of contracts. This norm replaces Chapter IX Settlement of

appeals of GEO no. 34/2006 (as amended). Similar to specific legislation in the field of

contentious administrative law3, Article 2 of Law no. 101/2016 defined referral topics for the

National Council for Solving Complaints or the court, as appropriate: any person who considers

himself injured in a right or a legitimate interest by an act of a contracting authority or failure to

solve within legal term an application may request either by administrative-jurisdictional way, or

by judicial way the annulment of the act, order the contracting authority to issue an act, or to

adopt corrective measures, recognizing the claimed right or legitimate interest.

A new aspect is the provision of paragraph 2 of the same text, according to which any member of

an association of economic operators, without legal personality, may formulate any form of

appeal regulated by law4

.

The person who considers himself injured in a right or a legitimate interest may address either

the National Council for Solving Complaints or the competent court, but if the administrative-

jurisdictional solution of the appeal is chosen, the petitioner must address to the Council.

However, if the same person who considers himself aggrieved filed an appeal against the same

act of the contracting authority both to the Council and the court, it shall be presumed that the

person in question dropped the jurisdictional administrative path, the judicial proceedings having

priority.

1 http://www.anrmap.ro/documents/10180/0/Strategia+Nationala+Achizitii+Publice+final.pdf/84dc3889-a7c7-48db-

907f-fa9a63d9822c; 2 Law no. 101/2016 on remedies and review procedures concerning the assignment of public procurement contracts

and concession contracts for works and services, as well as for the organisation and functioning of The National

Council for Solving Complaints, published in the Official Gazette no. 393/23.05.2016; 3 Article 1 of Law no. 554/2004 amended;

4 In the regulation issued by GEO no. 34/2006 ammended, any economic operator had the right to participate,

individually or in a group of operators to the award procedure (art.41), but art.44 stipulated the following ”Several

economic operators have the right to associate in view of submitting an application or a joint tender without having

the obligation to legalize their association formally. The contracting authority has the right to request the legalisation

of the association only if the joint tender is declared winner and only if such a measure represents a necessary

condition for the proper performance of the contract”.

Page 55: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

55

For the same reasons, the contracting authority that acknowledges the submission of appeals by

different persons against the same act of the contracting authority, both before the Council, and

in court, has the obligation to inform the Council and the court about it, which will pronounce

joined appeals, requesting the Council to present the case.

The advantage for the person who considers himself aggrieved and who filed the appeal only to

the Council is that, in this case, it is not necessary to pay the stamp fee, whose value is

considerable.

2.1. Prior notification

Unlike the previous regulations, the failure to notify does not prevent the filing before the

National Council for Solving Complaints, the new law expressly provides that, under penalty of

rejection of the appeal as inadmissible, which can be invoked ex officio as well before

addressing the Council or the competent court, the person who considers himself aggrieved has

the obligation to notify the contracting authority of the request for correction, in whole or in

part, of the alleged violation of the legislation, the deadline is 10 days5

from the day following

the acknowledgment of the act of the contracting authority considered unlawful or respectively,

5 days6 from the day following the acknowledgment of the act of the contracting authority

considered unlawful7.

Prior notification is made in writing and contains at least the identification data of the person

who considers himself aggrieved; the irregularities noticed and remedial measures considered

necessary to be taken, as appropriate.

Fulfilling the prior notification procedure is not necessary in case a person considers to be

prejudiced by the corrective action taken by the contracting authority.

Given the compulsoriness of the notification procedure, it was natural that the legislature also

provides a direct effect of the formulation in due time of such a notification, namely the

suspension of the right to conclude the contract. The contract concluded before the expiration of

10, respectively 5 days, depending on the estimated value of public procurement procedure,

sector acquisition or concession is null and void8.

2.2. The appeal filed by administrative-jurisdictional path

The person who considers himself aggrieved by the response to the prior notification or did not

receive any response within 3 days from the submission of the notification, as well as any person

who considers himself aggrieved by the remedial action taken by the contracting authority may

refer to the Council requesting the cancellation of the act of the contracting authority, forcing it

to issue an act or adopt remedial measures and the recognition of the claimed right or legitimate

interest.

5 If the estimated value of public procurement procedure or concession is equal to or greater than the thresholds in

relation to the compulsory submission for publication to the Official Journal of the European Union notices under

the law on public procurement legislation or sector procurement legislation works concessions and service

concessions; 6 If the estimated value of public procurement procedure or concession is lower than these thresholds;

7 Art. 144 of Law no. 101/2016;

8 Art. 7, paragraph 4 of Law no. 101/2016;

Page 56: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

56

Deadline for notification is 10 days, if the estimated value of public procurement procedure,

acquisition or sector acquisition or concession is equal to or greater than the thresholds in

relation to the compulsory submission for publication, in the Official Journal of the European

Union, of participation notices, according to the legislation on public procurement, or sector

acquisition or legislation on work and services concessions, as appropriate, or 5 days, if the

estimated value of public procurement procedure, sector acquisition or concession is lower than

these thresholds.

Regarding the calculation method for the procedural deadlines settled by Law no. 101/2016 no

changes were made to the previous regulations. The appeal filed by administrative-jurisdictional

means is not subject to taxes. It was also eliminated the obligation to the guarantee of good

conduct for the entire period between the date of filing the complaint, request or complaint and

date of the final Council decision or the court decision regarding its settlement, guarantee

introduced by GEO no. 51/20149 and whose amount was determined by reference to the

estimated value of the contract that was to be assigned. Moreover, the very terminology used by

the legislator was questionable since "good conduct" suggests the idea of observance of rules of

conduct, ethics, which is not the case in the situation of formulating an appeal or complaint,

when the complainant only exercise a constitutional right - the right to free access to a

jurisdiction, even an administrative one.

After receiving the complaint, the contracting authority may adopt remedial measures it deems

necessary due to the appeal, measures that must be communicated to the objector, the other

economic operators involved in the assigning procedure and the Council, no later than one

working day from the date of their adoption.

If the petitioner-appellant considers that the measures taken are sufficient to remedy the invoked

acts as illegal, submits to the Council and the contracting authority a request for waiver of

appeal. The contracting authority has the right to conclude the contract only after the Council

decision related to the settlement of the litigation was communicated within the waiting period

stipulated for the conclusion of the contract; the contract concluded with non-compliance of

these provisions is null and void.

Regarding the appeal elements, two things must be taken into consideration:

▪ the first issue concerns the fact that the new law no longer provides "proof of legitimate

interest" (element introduced by GEO no. 51/2014 and which was, in our opinion, completely

unnecessary since Articles 32 and 33 of the new Code of Civil Procedure sets forth the

following: any application can be formulated and sustained only if the author, among others,

justifies an interest; the interest must be determined, legal, personal, born and real; however,

even if the interest is not born and real, an application can be submitted in order to prevent

violation of a threatened subjective right or to prevent the production of an imminent damage

which could not be repaired);

▪ the second issue concerns the solution that the Council may adopt; if in the previous

regulation, in case it is appreciated that the appeal does not contain all information required by

law and the appellant, within 3 days from the notice did not understand to supplement the

appeal, it was dismissed as inadmissible, the new regulation, for the same event, the appeal is

canceled.

Similarly to the actions and demands of summons and complaints are distributed randomly to be

settled by the court and in order to ensure the imposition of unitary solutions in each step, the

appeals formulated in the same procedure are going to be joined.

9 Published in the Official Gazette no. 486/30.06.2014;

Page 57: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

57

Until the resolution of the appeal by the Council, economic operators interested in participating

in the award procedure or, where appropriate, economic operators participating in the award

procedure may bring with notifying the parties of the case, application for voluntary intervention

in litigation, according to the Code of Civil Procedure10

, within 10 days from the date of

publication in the Electronic System of Public Procurement (ESPP) of the fact that an appeal was

submitted regarding the procedures whose initiation is not accomplished through publication in

ESPP, the term being calculate from the day the fact that an appeal had been submitted was

communicated.

Within 5 business days from the date the complaint was received, the contracting authority has

an obligation to provide the Council and the appellant of its own motion, its point of view

regarding the appeal and also has to provide the Council a copy of the file of public procurement,

sector acquisition or concession, as well as the proof of having submitted its point of view to the

appellant and any other relevant documents, the lack of point of view does not prevent the

settlement of the appeal, but it triggers disqualification of the right to bring evidence and to

invoke exceptions, except for those of public order, unless the law provides otherwise.

The new law has preserved the character in writing of the procedure to the Council, the parties

being heard only it is deemed necessary by the panel of the settlement of the appeal. Similar to

the previous regulation, the parties may be represented by lawyers or legal advisors and can

submit written conclusions during the procedure and can ask to submit conclusions orally before

the Council, without affecting by it the legal deadline for settlement of the appeal. However, it

has been expressly provisioned, that it is inadmissible to put forward new grounds of appeal

and/or formulate new heads of a claim by written or oral conclusions, or by specifications to the

appeal, subsequent to its legal formulation term.

The Council settles the substantive appeal within 20 days from the reception of the case of public

procurement, sector acquisition or concession, respectively within 10 days in the event of

incidence of an exception that prevents the substantive analysis of the appeal, in duly justified

cases the settlement term can be extended by 10 days.

In case the complaint is formulated against the Council decision, the contracting authority has

the right to suspend its execution and/or the award procedure until the day the Court

communicates the settlement decision of the complaint.

2.3. Means of appeal against the decisions of the National Council for Solving Complaints

(the review procedure)

Council decisions regarding the settlement of appeal may be attacked by either party of the case,

by submitting a complaint to the competent court, both on the grounds of illegality and of

groundlessness, within 10 days from notice. It is welcome the indication that the legislature

formulates, meaning that, in the complaint, the appellant cannot rely on other reasons against

acts of the contracting authority, than those in the appeal addressed to the Council.

The complaint against the decision of the Council is charged with 50% of the stamp duty

provided for applications submitted to courts under the provisions of Chapter VI System of

judicial remedies of Law no. 101/201611

.

10

The New Code of Civil Procedure was adopted by Law no. 134/2010, being republished in the Official Gazette

no. 545/03.08.2012, with several later amendments; 11

If the tender procedure is organised in batches, stamp duties are calculated in relation to the estimated value of

each disputed lot; exemption from judicial tax only applies to complaints submitted by the contracting authorities.

Page 58: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

58

The party which submits the complaint is obliged to communicate, within the submission term of

the complaint to the court, a copy of it and of the supporting documents to the other party/parties

involved in the appeal procedure before the Council, by submitting evidence of communication

until the first hearing.

The contestation is mandatory; the defendant must notify the court and the petitioner on the

contestation within 5 days from the reception of the complaint, failure to submit contestation

generating the cancellation of the right to bring evidence and to invoke exceptions, except for

those of public order. As a novelty as well, new evidence cannot be submitted, except for new

documents that can be submitted, under penalty of forfeiture, together with the complaint,

respectively the contestation.

In terms of material and territorial, there are no changes: the court competent to hear complaints

against the decision of the Council is still the Court of Appeal, Administrative and Fiscal

Contentious Department, in whose territorial jurisdiction the headquarters of the contracting

authority are located, the complaints being to be settled by courts specialized in public

procurement, and the court competent to hear complaints against the decision pronounced by the

Council on procedures for awarding services and/or works related to transport infrastructure of

national interest, as defined by legislation, remained Court of Appeal of Bucharest,

Administrative and Fiscal Contentious Department.

The complaint is urgently settled and mainly within a period not to exceed 45 days from the date

of legal notification of the court, by chambers specialised in public procurement, consisting of

three judges. Moreover, according to the new procedure, the Council is not a party in the trial.

In duly justified cases and to prevent an imminent damage, the court may order, at the request of

the interested party, the closing date of summoning the parties, suspend the award procedure

and/or the execution of the contract until the settlement of the case, the conclusion is final. The

court solves the suspension request taking into account its likely consequences on all categories

of interests that might be damaged including the public interest. The court may order the

measure if its negative consequences could be greater than its benefits. The decision to not

suspend the award procedure and/or execution of the contract shall not prejudice any other right

of the applicant.

To get the measure of suspension, the applicant must provide in advance a bail, calculated by

reference to the estimated contract value or the set value of the contract.

The bail is returned on request, after settlement by the final decision of the complaint or after the

cancellation of the suspension of the award procedure and/or the execution of the contract, to the

person who submitted it, after a period of 30 days from the date of the final of the decision, and

only if and to the extent that the contracting authority had not submitted request for payment of

compensation due until the expiry of that period or, if applicable, from the date the effects of

suspension of the award procedure and/or the execution of the contract ended.

The refund shall be made immediately if the contracting authority expressly declares that it does

not aim at forcing the payment of compensation for the prejudice caused by the approval of the

measure for which it had been submitted.

The court pronounces on the application for the bail refund by summoning the parties, by a

conclusion subject only to appeal to a higher court, the appeal suspending the execution. If the

Page 59: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

59

suspension request with bail submission was rejected, the court shall ex officio orders refund of

the bail.

Following the admission of the complaint, the court changes the decision of the Council,

ordering, as appropriate:

• cancellation of all or part of the act of the contracting authority;

• obligation to issue the act by the contracting authority;

• fulfilment of an obligation by the contracting authority, including the elimination of any

technical, economic or financial discriminatory specifications of the participation announcement,

of the assignment documentation or of other documents issued in relation to the award

procedure;

• any other measures necessary to remedy the violation of legal provisions related to public

procurement, sector procurement or concessions.

The Court notified of a complaint against a decision by which the Council settled the appeal by

settling a procedural exception, by admitting the complaint, abolishes the decision and retains the

case for trial on the merits, taking into account the reasons that caused the cancellation of the

decision. Thus, the Council's decision is modified and finds that the act of the contracting

authority was issued in violation of legislation on public procurement, sector procurement or

concessions, and the contract was concluded before the notification of the decision by the

Council, Articles 58-61 of Law no. 101/2016 concerning the invalidity of contracts apply

correspondingly.

If the Council considered only part of the reasons given in the appeal and the court considers that

the complaint against the Council's decision is grounded, admitting the complaint, holds the case

for trial on the merits, analysing the reasons for the appeal which were not subject to the analysis

of the Council. Last but not least, the court may reject the complaint on the merits or by settling a

procedural exception, and in justified cases, if the court does not take the decision immediately,

it may defer pronouncement for a period of 5 days.

The decision by which the court settles the complaint is final, and it has to be drawn within 7

days from pronouncement and will be communicated to the parties forthwith. The decision

motivated, pronounced by the court is submitted, in copy, within 15 days from the date of issue,

to the National Agency for Public Procurement, which publishes in ESPP, without reference to

the identification data of the parties, personal information and those information which the

economic operator specifies as confidential, classified or protected by an intellectual property

right.

3. CONCLUSIONS

We appreciate that the new regulation of review procedures concerning the award of public

procurement contracts, sector contracts and concession contracts for works and services is more

supple and it may prove to be more effective, without unjustifiable narrowing the right of free

access to justice of persons prejudiced by an act of a contracting authority or failure to solve

within the legal term an application in the framework of procedures for the award of public

contracts which may lead to a significant decrease in financial corrections, oppositions filed

under Law no. 101/2016 having, undeniably, an important role in removing errors committed by

the contracting authorities in award procedures.

Page 60: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

60

REFERENCES:

⁎⁎⁎, Council Directive 89/665/EEC of 21 December 1989 on the coordination of the laws, regulations and

administrative provisions relating to the application of review procedures to the award of public

supply and public works contracts, being published in the Official Journal of the European Union L

395, 30.12.1989;

⁎⁎⁎, The New Code of Civil Procedure, adopted by Law no. 134/2010, being republished in the Official

Gazette no. 545/03.08.2012, with several later amendments;

⁎⁎⁎, Directive 2014/23/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the

award of concession contracts;

⁎⁎⁎, Directive 2014/24/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on public

procurement and repealing Directive 2004/18/EC;

⁎⁎⁎, Directive 2014/25/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on

procurement by entities operating in the water, energy, transport and postal services sectors and

repealing Directive 2004/17/EC;

⁎⁎⁎, The National Strategy on Public Procurement available online at

http://www.anrmap.ro/documents/10180/0/Strategia+Nationala+Achizitii+Publice+final.pdf;

⁎⁎⁎, Law no. 101/2016 on remedies and review procedures concerning the assignment of public

procurement contracts and concession contracts for works and services, as well as for the

organisation and functioning of The National Council for Solving Complaints, published in the

Official Gazette no. 393/23.05.2016.

Page 61: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

61

COST CENTERS FROM HOSPITAL UNITS. STUDY CASE

Alina PUȚAN

“1 Decembrie 1918” University of Alba Iulia

Oana Raluca IVAN

“1 Decembrie 1918” University of Alba Iulia

Attila TAMAS

“1 Decembrie 1918” University of Alba Iulia

Abstract

Current status of the hospital units is worrying: insufficient funding, increasing the number of cases

considered / treated, providing quality services at public hospital unit. In this research we have

undergone an empirical research carried out in the hospital units of category III and IV, from Alba

County, this sample selection aims to identify an optimal solution to exercise management control which

should serve to management decision-making. Responsibility centers, at the level of hospital unit,

establish the liability for each segment of expenditure, expenditure tracking and proper grounding even

their places of training, delimitation expenditure which does not strictly dependent on the production

activities that are related strictly by the process; establishing the deviations of preset expenses levels;

establishing a system of rules allowing highlighting the responsibilities of each performer, introducing a

system of resource allocation and tracking of the use of their by developing specific cost budget for each

responsibility center. The disadvantages of decentralization based on activity centers consists in increase

the consumption of resources in certain activities, unclear delimitation of cause-effect relationships that

create difficulties in adopting the relevant decisions by management, etc.

Keywords: cost centers, hospital costs, decentralization.

JEL Classification: I18, M41

1. INTRODUCTION

Romanian health system is a sector of the economy with difficulties; inadequate funding, poor

health of the population, the situation of doctors working simultaneously in the public and

private sectors, the alarming situation of the cost medicines, fight against corruption intrasystem,

and quality of service care are the main problems of this system. Pursuing operational costs

achieved through decentralization activity is one aspect of process optimization.

2. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Our study has two parts: a theoretical part achieved by literature review and a part empirical -

case study on the existence of cost centers in the Romanian public hospital units.

Our empirical research carried out in the hospital units of category III and IV, from Alba County,

this sample selection aims to identify an optimal solution to exercise management control which

should serve to management decision-making. We identified hospital units that follow closely

cost calculation on each responsibility center; unfortunately, only a unit of the sample we found

to do this.

Page 62: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

62

Hospital units that are subject to our case study is a county hospital, a municipal hospital and a

city hospital. The motivation for selecting these three public hospital units is supported by the

following considerations: national weight is considerably significant as shown in Figure no.1,

sicknesses treatable are part of typology most commonly treated, this type of hospitals are found

in most counties of the country, as can be observed in the distribution of hospitals by county,

shown in Figure no.2, we consider that this study is with impact at national level.

Figure 1. Classification of public hospitals in Romania

Source: Own processing from data on the situation of public hospitals classified into categories,

http://www.ms.gov.ro/ accessed on 26 May 2014.

Figure 2. Distribution of hospitals by counties

Source: Antunes, Mordelet, De Groote (2011)

Units’ hospitals with beds are dispersed across the country to provide the best quality healthcare

conditions. Typology of hospitals and territorial dispersion represents a starting point in

developing our empirical study, identifying the main categories of units. This study focuses on

public hospital units in Romania and aims at identifying an instrument to exercise management

control which should serve to achieve an efficient management.

The methods used in our study is case study, participatory observation as well as the non-

participating and documentation.

Page 63: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

63

3. DECENTRALIZATION OF ACTIVITY ON RESPONSIBILITY CENTERS

Management control is discussed in context of organizing pilotage of entity based on

segmentation activity by centers of responsibility. A responsibility center is an organizational

entity that holds a delegation of authority concerning the means (material, human, financial) and

negotiating capacity on the objectives (Tabără, 2004).

Activity entity can be fractionated in terms of consistent accounting sections which allow

effective and efficient management of available resources. Decentralization of responsibility

centers activity entity can:

Isolation the responsibilities of each manager;

activation capacity to decentralize management tasks and delegate a part of his

responsibilities;

A manifestation of management's ability to master the conflicts between local and global

interests, preserving own dynamics on decentralization.

Decentralization of responsibility centers should be adapted to the degree of real autonomy units

and current practices in the performance management; the essential point is consistency between

the principles of leadership, on the one hand, and the assessment of responsibilities, content

activities and their competences, on the other hand.

The arguments for establishing the structure of the entity on responsibility centers are as

following: the possibility of establishing of responsibility for expenditure effected, monitoring

and correctly foundation for expenditure on their formative locations; delimitation expenditure

which does not strictly dependent on the production activity that are strictly related to the

process, setting spending deviations from predefined levels, establishing a system of rules which

allows highlighting the responsibilities of each performer, introducing a system of resource

allocation and tracking of the use of them by developing budgets of expenses specific to each

responsibility center.

Characteristics of a responsibility center are: it is placed under the authority of a charge; pursue

one or more missions with objectives of quantity and value well defined; has a set of resources

needed to achieve objectives; it has a certain relative autonomy within budget resources.

Depending on the elements controlled by responsible and established financial performance

measures in terms of cost, profit, financial flows, profitability, we following types of

responsibility centers: Cost Centre; Revenue Centre; Profit Centers / cash flows; Investment

Centre.

Cost center is a responsibility center in which inputs are measured in monetary terms and outputs

are not measured. Measuring the performances is made of financial cost in the form of standards

which must be respected. It is delicate to treat discretionary costs namely not correlated with

outputs by objective relationship. Budget costs are, in practice, inadequate performance

evaluation tool of discretionary cost center. In order to meet budget costs, responsibility may, for

example, to reduce the work or to just guide the responsibility assigned, which is not in any way

aim searched. Therefore must appeal to other instruments outside the financial performance

evaluation.

Cropping the responsibility centers is related to the technical organization of the business, under

which thinking and identifies "Account section" which fall within the area of management

accounting are objects of calculation. Sectorisation of cost center must meet the requirements of

Page 64: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

64

the technical and economic interests. For this purpose, cooperation between specialists in

production and those in the economic field is irreplaceable. Interweaving of the two specialties

lead to cutting up the center, depending on the particular production techniques, in conjunction

with the criteria for identifying and measuring inputs and with final objective, the assessment of

economic performance, by drawing lines of their optimization. It is stands to reason that

fractionation of an enterprise of responsibility centers facilitate the management, empowering

managers at all levels. Empowerment is on both its sides: domination and employment. A

manager, regardless of where they are, is responsible to a specific goal, but his actions in

responding to the leadership at the top level.

4. COST CENTERS FROM HOSPITAL UNITS

Following the analysis the organizational structures of the three hospital units, identify next cost

centers:

Table no.1 - Synthesis cost centers of the public hospital units

No.

crt.

Cost centers County

hospital

Municipal

hospital

City

hospital

1. The emergency X X -

2. Sections / compartments with beds X X X

3. Speciality ambulatory X X X

4. Paraclinical laboratory X X X

5. Pharmacy X X X

6. Other functional structures – sterilizing, the

operating room, transfusion point, etc.

X

X

X

7. Supply, transport and public acquisitions X X X

8. Technical and administrative X X X

9. Accounting X X X

10. Financial X X

11. RUNOS, Statistics and Medical Informatics,

Legal proceedings, nosocomial infections,

public relations, audit.

X

X

X

12. Management - general manager, Deputy general

manager, Head of nurse, Administrative

director, Head Accountant

X

X

X

Source: Own realization

We mention that we have presented only the cost centers of the centers of responsibility because

they are the subject of our study. We believe that the net difference between the 3 is number of

hospital beds, medical staff and number of patients treated.

Delimitation of cost centers allowed us establishing the elements of the cost for each patient; it

is calculated in view of the direct costs, indirect and general.

A. Direct costs incorporated into cost for each patient are identified in the following cost centers:

1. Emergency;

2. Section/ compartments with beds;

3. Specialty ambulatory

Direct costs are composed of:

- Personnel expenses of the cost center

- Material costs of the center

a) Identifiable from each patient (light, heat, water, laundry, inventory, etc.).

b) Identifiable patient level

- Medicines

Page 65: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

65

- Food allowance

- Analysis and investigations as appropriate

The direct costs shall be inserted at the level of hospital unit the patient at the section in which it

is treated.

Establishing direct expenses is the first step in determining tariff / day hospital / department as

well as the cost of medicines and sanitary materials / department.

B. Indirect expenses are identified in the following cost centers:

1. Paraclinical laboratory

2. Pharmacy

3. Sterilization

4. Transfusion point

5. Block operator

Indirect costs are allocated through distribution keys on the cost of patient based on documents

issued by cost centers mentioned include:

- Personnel costs

- Expenses for medical services performed related material structures not identified at the

patient level and rates / benefit medical / patient.

The result of the indirect costs are reflected in the tariff calculation / performance / laboratory

paraclinical, pharmacy, sterilization, point transfusion, surgical unit.

C. General expenses that will be included in the total cost per patient were identified in the

following cost centers:

1. Supply, transport and public acquisitions

2. Technical and administrative

3. Accounting

4. Financial

5. RUNOS, Statistics and Medical Informatics, Legal proceedings, nosocomial

infections, public relations, audit

6. Management - general manager, deputy general manager, nurse head of, managing

director, Head Accountant.

General expenses are distributed based on distribution keys approved by the hospital

management and include:

a) Staff expenses

b) Materials and services expenses related to structures that are not identified at the

patient level.

We appreciate that the allocation key can be used in our study because they are well established

and provide a rational allocation of expenditure on each item cost.

Determining the level general expenses is the last step in setting the tariff/day of

hospitalization/supply, transport and public acquisitions, technical and administrative,

accounting, financial, RUNOS, Statistics and medical Legal proceedings, nosocomial infections,

public relations, audit, management - general manager, medical director, director of financial

accounting, treatment director.

We selected for analysis the surgery section of each hospital to observe the implications of each

hospital types. The motivation for selecting this type of section consists of:

high number of cases considered in these sections;

partial reimbursement of the full costs / patient of the funds allocated by the

Health Insurance Alba;

high costs of activity performed under these sections.

Page 66: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

66

Following an analysis of the business department of surgery three public hospital units, as a cost

center, we have seen a number of developments / involution of the main indicators as well as the

expenditure section. The analyzed period extends over three calendar years 2012, 2013 and

2014, we had as unit calendar month and up used is a period of 6 months. Therefore we studied

the evolution of the main indicators of section from March 2012 to September 2014.

Evolution of nonfinancial indicators from the surgery section the hospital units

selected

Number of patients

Figure 3. Evolution of the number of patients in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

As we have presented the chart above, Department of Surgery county hospital provides medical

services to an increasing number of patients. This is due primarily to the fact that the county

hospital is equipped with modern equipment, offering patients a wide spectrum of treatments.

The decreasing trend in the number of patients treated in the municipal hospital as well as the

city hospital much better due to hospital emergency facilities, which also has regional hospital

and rank, as a result, emergency hospital patients who take cases with a high degree of

complexity that other hospitals in the county do not have material, financial to solve.

Number of beds

Figure 4. Evolution of the number of beds in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

Number of beds in the emergency section of the hospital surgery increase since September 2013,

due to a decision of the hospital management for additional reception capacity. This is due to the

increase in the number of cases solved, by increasing the number of beds, the hospital meets the

needs of citizens. The situation is, however, exactly opposite the city hospital. The decrease is

Page 67: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

67

due in beds and hospital classification of IV category hospital units with beds, but compliance

plan. Should be considered and appearance hospital funding. High costs / bed is not justified,

since a large part of the patients were / are treated in other hospitals, such being the county

hospital.

Number of hospitalization days

Figure 5. Evolution of hospitalization days in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

Following the analysis history of solved cases, county hospital management decided to

supplement the number of beds. As a result, we observe increased the capacity of receiving and

treatment of patients. Indicator that compares the treatment of patients in the wards is the number

of days of hospitalization. As we can see, the other two hospitals analyzed have a net activity

decreased, but an activity that provides necessary medical services locally.

Use of beds = bedsNo

dayshospNo

.

..

Figure 6. The use of bed in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

Use indicator beds presents a slight downward trajectory in the case the county hospital, which

means that for the moment, increasing the number of beds is off. This is the effect of increasing

the number of beds in relation to the days of hospitalization. Using municipal hospital beds is

very high as compared to the number of beds required hospitalization days treating patients is

significantly reduced. City Hospital is experiencing a significant increase in the use of beds, it is

the direct effect of providing medical care that requires continuing treatment hospital patients.

Page 68: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

68

The average of hospitalization = patientsNo

dayshospNo

.

..

Figure 7. Evolution of average of hospitalization in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

The average hospitalization indicator is the basis for expenditure calculation of days of

hospitalization / patient. Following the analysis carried out during the three financial years, we

see that this indicator known significant oscillations in September-November 2013. When the the

average hospitalization in the city hospital decreases increase the average hospitalization in the

hospital county. The direct cause of these fluctuations is the transfer of patients from the first to

the second hospital.

Indicators's financial activity of surgery department from hospital units selected

Evolution of directs costs

Figure 8. Evolution of direct costs in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

In the surgery section, we see an increasing trend in the period of expenditure relating directly to

patients. One reason for this growth is the increasing number of patients hospitalized. These

costs are allocated in proportion to the number of patients treated in each hospital section of

surgery. We appreciate the increased attention to the management of hospital units, issues about

the cost / patient, with the future directions reduction of those, especially given the funding by

the County Health is achieved by caseload respectively solved.

Page 69: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

69

Evolution of indirect costs

Figure 9. Evolution of indirect costs in the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

During the three financial years, the county hospital known significant fluctuations in indirect

costs. At the end of the period, we observe a significant decrease in indirect costs that will be

assigned to cost / patient, which derives from a better management of resources, and the use of

modern equipment, such as the city hospital.

Evolution of general expenses

Figure 10. Evolution general expenses from the surgery section

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

General expenses are increasing. This is mainly due to the complexity of the leadership and

organizational structure of the hospital unit.

Evolution of section expenditure

Figure 11. Evolution of surgery section expenses

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

Page 70: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

70

Total expenditure of the surgery section from the county hospital experienced substantial growth

in 2013. Nonfinancial indicators as well as the financial indicators listed above are closely

interrelated. The total expenditure complies with the direction of the department direct costs

mainly.

Evolution of the average cost / patient= patientsNo

tionenditureTotal

.

sec.exp.

Figure 12. Evolution of average cost / patient

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

The average cost / patient fluctuate substantially in the situation of the county hospital. However,

at the end of the reporting period decreased significantly just because of modernizing medical

equipment used. Modern equipment has reduced some costs for certain medical services, some

of which were externalized and this significantly increases medical costs. An alarming situation

is the municipal hospital, as costs per patient are growing. We consider that a detailed cost

analysis could lead to the identification of growth factors such costs.

Evolution of the average cost/day hospitalization = daysationhospitalizNo

tionenditureTotal

..

sec.exp.

Figure 13. Evolution of average cost / day hospitalization

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

Page 71: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

71

The average cost / day of hospitalization presents a situation similar to indicator Average cost /

patient. As can see, the average cost from the surgery section of the city hospital increase

significantly.

Evolution of the average cost / bed= bedsNo

tionenditureTotal

.

sec.exp.

Figure 14. Evolution of average cost / bed

Source: Own processing (The database of selected hospital units)

The average cost / bed is a constant indicator during the analyzed period. We observe even a

slight decrease, the only exception being September 2013. We believe that the analysis of the

municipal hospital allows us to establish cause-effect relationships that underlie the adoption of

future decisions. Including this indicator, spending saw an upward trend. Consequently, there is

need to examine in detail the situation, especially cause-effect relationship within this section.

In our study, we can identify the advantages of hospital activity decentralization in

responsibility centers, respectively cost centers:

Facilitating "General" of current management problems by channeling attention to

strategic issues. Following diachronic study conducted in the 3 sections of the 3 hospitals

we notice delimitation of expenditure: direct costs, indirect and total general

administration departments, this division helps identify problems of the section

of hospital unit based on the history of the activity, to identify subjective and objective

factors of influence in the section also serves to foundation some medium and long term

strategies. Through cost centers, identify centers that generate the largest amount of

expenditure, these centers are the main targets of the strategy adopted by hospital unit

management: identifying ways to reduce costs optimize resource consumption, finding

alternative insurance quality health services.

Approximation decision makers by clients / patients (allowing better targeting the supply

of medical services to the needs of patients). Management of hospital units, according to

the activities that provide the best quality service, but to generate the smallest deficit at

the level of hospital unit the station, is oriented towards the development of those

sections. The public hospital units in the last 10 years, there has been no surplus end of

the period, if any sections, at least in Alba county.

Improving the speed of reaction of reducing public hospital decision circuit. Through the

centers of responsibility, satisfying and medical staff leadership positions in the section,

division or unit level, identify problems in each responsibility center: excess energy

consumption, excess water consumption, medical staff overtime should remunerated,

absenteeism from work, expenses exceeded the stock of medicines, etc.. After identifying

Page 72: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

72

the difficulties, we appreciate that managers can take short-term decisions aimed at

improving the situation.

Increased motivation of medical staff, giving them more autonomy of decision. We

appreciate that achieving management control through cost centers shall monitor

operational costs, so monthly each section, department know the situation expenditures

and performance level achieved by calculating the financial and non-financial indicators:

average cost / day hospital stay, average cost / bed average cost / patient, indicating the

use of beds, the average hospitalization, etc.. In each responsibility center, we believe

that decisions may be made in the short term to improve the situation. We note that at the

end of the financial year, there may not be fully reimbursed the cases treated. Taking into

account this, the medical staff of each section follows efficient spending of financial

resources.

Contributions to qualified managers at the intermediate level (section, department,

service) wide field skills. Every responsible cost center follows judicious use of available

resources within them. As we mentioned previously, future financing depends on activity

history section, department, and hospital unit.

Into disadvantages of decentralization activity area of public hospital units, in cost centers we

mention:

Could lead to local decision making, inadequate at a general level. Identifying problems

cost center at the level of hospital unit and decision-making to resolve difficulties arising,

may create discrepancies in general strategy of hospital unit. In this regard, consider the

following situation within surgery section of the 3 hospitals, where direct spending an

increasing trend in this case the head of the department decides to cut the cost of

materials identified in the patient, the hospital unit because it is against policy, the

reduction could lead to failure of the quality standard ISO 9001: 2008.

Lead to increased resource consumption as a result of certain activities. Lack of

correlation between decisions in each responsibility center we appreciate that will lead to

wastage of material and financial resources. For example, in City Hospital surgery

section are 3 rooms of, in winter, in each room are beds unused, maintenance and heating

costs each room would increase considerably if the facilities are not managed effectively

and the resources made available.

Increase the need for coordination. Individual adoption of decisions at the level of cost

center without these decisions to be connected to the overall strategy of the hospital unit,

leads to wastage of financial, material and human. At the same time, reduce the surplus

of hospitalization at the level of cost center affects the entire hospital: reducing the

number of beds leads to the reduction of the reception and treatment of patients, namely

to reduce the costs incurred with providing medical services under this funding is

allocated based on the history of activity, mainly.

Cannot be clearly identifiable cause-effect relationships, the adoption of relevant

decisions on cost reduction. After the diachronically study achieved, we conclude the

impossibility to determine the exact cause-effect relationships at the level of cost center.

5. CONCLUSIONS

Management controls evaluate the performance of decentralized institutions and analyzing the

causes of deviations between objectives and results. However, management control must identify

the real responsibility of a center where it has not achieved its objectives. Latter should be

justified to the hierarchically superior bodies to take measures such as dangers reduction,

dismissing persons responsible; closure of the facility.

Page 73: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

73

REFERENCES Alazard, C., Separi, S. (2001) Controle de gestion, Editura Dunod, Paris.

Albu, N., Albu, C. (2003) Instrumente de management performant, Editura Economică, Bucureşti.

Antunes, Mordelet, De Groote (2011) Elaborarea unei strategii pentru dezvoltarea infrastructurii

spitaliceşti în România, Anexa 1 publicată în Monitorul Oficial, Partea I nr. 223 din 31.03.2011.

Aslău, T. (2001) Controlul de gestiune dincolo de aparenţe, Editura Economică, Bucureşti.

Boisselier, P. (1999) Contrôle de gestion, Edition Vuibert, Paris.

Briciu, S. (2007) “Responsibility center's role in practicing a performing management”, Annales

Universitatis Apulensis, Series Oeconomica, no. 9

Capps, C., Dranove, D., Lindrooth, R.C. (2012) “Hospital closure and economic efficiency”, Journal of

Health Economics, vol. 29, pp. 87-109, available at http://www.sciencedirect.com/

Gheonea, V. (2014) Instrumente ale contabilităţii manageriale utilizate în instituţii publice din sistemul

sanitar românesc, Teză de doctorat, Universitatea Al.I.Cuza Iaşi.

Guineea, F. (2009) Analiza comparativă a obiectivelor şi instrumentelor controlului de gestiune la nivel

internaţional, modalitate de proiectare a unui program de reformă a contabilităţii manageriale în

ţara noastră, Teză de doctorat, ASE Bucureşti.

Şcoala Naţională de Sănătate Publică şi Management Sanitar (2006) Managementul spitalului, Editura

Public H Press, Bucureşti.

Solle, G. (2011) Evolution of management control, presentation at Şcoala de Vară, Iulie, Alba Iulia.

Ştefănescu, A., Dobrin, C., Calu, A., Ţurlea, E. (2012) “Controverse privind măsurarea performanţei

entităţilor administraţiei publice în România”, Revista Transilvană de Ştiinţe Administrative, nr. 1, p.

225-242

Tabără, N. (2004) Contabilitate şi control de gestiune, Editura Tipo Moldova, Iaşi.

Vlădescu, C., Astărăstoae, V., Scîntee, S.G. (2012) “Un sistem sanitar centrat pe nevoile cetăţeanului.

România. Serviciile spitaliceşti, asistenţa primară şi resursele umane”. Soluţii (III), Revista Română

de Bioetică, vol. 8, nr. 4, Octombrie-Decembrie, available at http://www.bioetica.ro/atdoc/RRBv8n4

_2012_Vladescu_RO.pdf.

*** Costurile acoperite, available online at http://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp? catId=570&langId=ro

www.casalba.ro

http://www.who.int/en/

www.ms.gov.ro

Page 74: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

74

THE CURRENT REPORTING CONVERGENCE STATUS AND

THE FAIRNESS OF THE TERMS ANGLO-SAXON OR

CONTINENTAL ACCOUNTING

Adrian GENCIA

West University of Timisoara, Romania

Abstract

The evolution of the accounting profession, dating from its earliest times to present form is constantly

shaped by a complex number of socio-political factors. In recent years we are faced by an accelerating

pace of technological breakthroughs that together with the rapid change in the global economic

dynamics, have forced a review upon the financial reporting practices. The main demand for this review

is the necessity of rendering accounting information genuine to all users that are participating in the

global market. The status quo that has coexisted with the early efforts of accounting harmonization is a

dichotomy that divides reporting into two distinct systems. What is commonly referred to as Anglo-Saxon

and continental accounting systems, is recently being questioned in the light of the growing partial

adoption of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) by wealthy countries that once

defined the two system paradigm. The present paper uses a qualitative approach, by reviewing the two

system classification models, and by determining the factors that have caused the current convergence

status. Concluding upon this insight, it is established that the terms of anglo-saxon and continental are

not obsolete, but are redefined carrying less descriptive value in comparison with the 20th century

mindset.

Keywords: anglo saxon accounting, continental accounting, IFRS, harmonization, globalized market

JEL Classification: M41, M48

1. INTRODUCTION

Accounting, as a self-governed occupation does not have a very clear genesis. Archeological

findings, such as various clay tablets written in cuneiform script, indicate that of book keeping

existed as far back as the Mesopotamian Bronze Age. Mankind, even from its earliest stages of

civilization has deemed necessary to devise a system of recording its various forms of

commercial transactions. By 1494, historical evidence points out to the existence of a more

familiar form of double entry accounting, in the writings of the Italian mathematician Luca

Paciolo. From this point in time onward, book keeping in terms of debiting and crediting

accounts has went through a perpetual evolution, and by the 18th century a division between

accounting practices into two groups is beginning to take shape. The industrial revolution and the

birth of the corporation have created the need for external financing, mainly by means of share

selling. This, in turn, required a system of accounting based on a larger degree of transparency,

so that a certain bridge of trust between borrower, lender and stock market could be established.

The expansionist policies of the British Empire led to a wide spread use of this system

throughout its vast number of colonies. At the opposite end we find continental Europe, where

the implications of industrialization arguably took effect at a slower pace. According to Prof.

Walton Peter, the totalitarian culture of mainland Europe has resulted in a different form of book

keeping that formally draws its origin in the French Savary Code of 1673. The continental

system, as opposed to the Anglo Saxon one, is defined by rigorous codes of law that seek to

establish a cohesive formula for levying taxes on commercial activities. This system, also

managed to spread on a large scale in the form of the Napoleonic Commercial Code and as a

Page 75: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

75

result of the territorial expansion of the 19th

century French Empire. The Anglo and continental

accounting heritage in the 20th

century has been further influenced by a different set of socio-

political factors. The outcome of the Great War has brought about the end of imperialistic

powers, and thus accounting schools of thought generated national reporting standards and

regulations that would answer the new contemporary social and commercial needs. In the second

half of the 20th century the academic world has invested a lot of effort into grouping accounting

practices. The differences, however, between the above mentioned systems, had created a

demand for a common accounting language that would alleviate the negative impact of reporting

inconsistencies on cross country import-export activities and stock market listings and

investment. The International Accounting Standards Committee, a nongovernmental

organization, was tasked with satisfying this demand by developing a set of financial reporting

standards that aim to become unanimously applied in a globalized world. As this process is

unfolding, the present paper seeks to establish whether the evolution of international standards

and their selective adoption in various countries, have turned the debate on the classic accounting

system dichotomy into a moot point. Once determining an answer, the paper seeks to make

recommendations – if applicable, for future scientific research in the field.

2. THE PARADIGM OF THE 20TH

CENTURY AND ITS VARIOUS DISSIDENT

FACTORS

A 20th

century literature review on the subject matter identifies two forms of classification, based

on extrinsic and intrinsic elements. The first type of classification states that accounting practices

are solely influenced by factors independent of the profession itself. The 1968 Muller model, for

example, finds that the process of setting accounting regulations is the product of political

environment, economic circumstance and other less specific factors (Nobes & Parker, 2000).

While this model, in retrospect, has gained a lot of negative attention, mainly due to its approach

lacking accounting inherent explanatory variables, it represents the corner stone for a number of

future valid classification models that take into account extrinsic aspects like a countries’ cultural

and legislative background, type of government, private party implication, or economic well

being. Opposing the extrinsic point of view, the intrinsic classification models focus on a direct

measure of accounting, by analyzing either collected or simulated econometric data pertaining to

the accounting practice in various countries (Nobes & Stadler, 2013). For a broad understanding

of the phenomena, table 1 summarizes a number of classification models, by country, based on

approach and factor of influence.

Table no.1 - Central listing of common accounting classification models with practicing countries

Approach Model Factor of

influence/classification

Practicing countries as per model

criteria

Historic Walton Summary Anglo-Saxon Tradition United Kingdom, Ireland, United States

of America, Canada, other English

speaking former colonies

Napoleonic/Continental

Tradition

France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the

Lower Countries (including the

Netherlands for a brief period of time)

other East European countries prior to

the Warsaw Convention

Extrinsic The Puxty Model

(governmental, market

and private sector

influence over

accounting practices)

Associationism United States of America (also

embodies minor liberalism elements),

United Kingdom

Legalism Germany

Corporatism Sweden

The Grey Model

(main factor of

influence: the general

Professionalism and

Flexibility

Anglo Culture – the United States of

America, United Kingdom, Ireland,

Canada

Page 76: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

76

cultural background of

the country in question)

Optimism and Transparency Anglo Culture – the United States of

America, United Kingdom, Ireland,

Canada

Professionalism and

Uniformity

Germanic and Latin cultere in

developed countries (the model does not

explicitly name the practicing European

Latin countries)

Conservatism and Secrecy Germanic and Latin cultere in

developed and under developed

countries

Statutory Control and

Uniformity

Latin Culture in under developed

countries (the model refers to some

European Latin culture, but only

nominates countries of Central and

South America)

The Richard Model

(the influence of

governmental type and

economic philosophy

over accounting

practices)

Class: Capitalism

Type: Liberal

Philosophy:

entrepreneurship

United States of America, United

Kingdom, Ireland, Canada

Class: Capitalism

Type: Social Democrat

Philosophy: public

regulation

France, Italy, Spain

Class: Soviet

Type: N/A

Philosophy: centralized

Obsolete – carries historic value only,

the USSR and former satellite countries

Intrinsic The Nobes Model

(based on accounting

information reported

by companies listed

primary capital

markets)

Class A The United Kingdom, the United States

of America and other English speaking

former colonies

Class B Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Japan

Modelul Doupnick

(based on information

derived from a

modified PWC

database)

Micro Group The United Kingdom, the United States

of America, the Netherlands, Belgium,

Canada and other English speaking

former colonies

Macro Group France, Italy, Germany, Portugal, Spain

While the above models base each criteria of classification on different considerations and

explanatory variables, they mostly group the same countries under a single banner. In other

words, table 1 - regardless of the factor influencing the result of any given model, mostly

identifies the United States, the United Kingdom, Ireland and Canada as being the prevalent

members of a specific group. The continental European countries, with the exception of the

Lower Countries in some cases, make up a second distinct group. It is worth mentioning that a

further division into subgroups may be applicable, in both cases, as differentiating details of each

model may require. Without getting into excessive details regarding each individual model, the

above table is a testimony behind the reason why the use of the terms Anglo-Saxon and

continental accounting may have gained such popularity over the past decades.

Given the recent international standard adoption efforts by countries found in the fourth column

of table 1, contemporary professionals worldwide question whether the terms defining the two

major groups are any longer applicable or useful. The terms Anglo-Saxon and continental are

often times regarded as past elements of an era when the practice of multiple national standards

was an impending factor to the globalization process. The negative consequences of using

multiple accounting standards in cross-state trade operations include and are not limited to

opportunity loss, distortions in managerial behaviour, activity inefficiency, etc. While these

issues were identified as early as the 19th

century (Pântea & Cristea, 2009), when a clear dividing

line between Anglo-Saxon and continental existed, recent events put this statement to the test.

Page 77: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

77

From an economic stand point, the period immediately following the Second World War is

marked by a rapid growth in international trade, and by a large number of mergers and

acquisitions of European businesses by US corporations. During the 1960s and 1970s, more than

in any other historical period, arose the demand for a singular harmonized system of financial

reporting (Zeff, 2012). This call was answered in 1973, when the International Accounting

Standards’ Committee (IASC) consulted with accounting professional delegations from

Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, the UK, Ireland and the US.

The result of this meeting had no real impact on the general state of affairs for years to come, as

most Anglo-Saxon countries resented the new effort on grounds that their national reporting

standards were superior to the new international one, while continental countries were

dissatisfied with the IAS approach on various issues of taxation in respect to domestic legislation

requirements (Zeff, 2012). Therefore, the two system dichotomy has survived for most of the

20th

century without contest. The following events, however, have determined a change in the

way countries view accounting regulations and the need for an international set of standards:

- The adoption of the European Council’s IVth directive: offers regulation guidelines on

accounting principles and annual statements, with a large degree of freedom on behalf of

member state regulatory bodies. Initially publicized in 1978 and applicable to all member

states at the time, the rule is still in effect today.

- The publication of the first international accounting standards (IAS): first 39 standards

were released in 1998, followed by an additional two standards shortly thereafter. By this

time 120 accounting regulating institutions, from 101 countries, are IASC members

(Dellouite Touche Tohmatsu Limited, 2014).

- The publication of the international financial reporting standards (IFRS): on april 1st

2001, a new organization – the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)

foundation, takes over the IASC activity. IASB makes use of the IAS’ in their existent

form, and releases an additional 15 IFRS’ by the end of 2014.

- The adoption of the European Council’s rule 1606 of 2002, and its 297(2008) and

1361(2014) amendments: rule that makes IFRS implementation mandatory on

consolidated annual statements of publicly traded companies, listed on capital markets

regulated by any member state (R EC 1606 art. 4, 2002). The rule is applicable for all

companies that meet the criteria, starting with January 1st 2005.

- The NYSE – EuorNext fusion: after a long series of fusions and mergers, the NYSE –

EuroNext conglomerate is one of the largest corporations in the capital market trade.

Currently it operates through the following subsidiaries: the New York Wall-Street stock

exchange, the NYSE Arca platform in Delaware, USA, NYSE MKT national stock

exchange, Euronext Stock exchange with floors in Paris, Bruxelles, Amsterdam, London,

and Lisbon, and NYSE Liffe secondary capital market with floors in Paris, Bruxelles,

Amsterdam, London, and Lisbon (SEC Archive Form 10-k, 2013). This particular private

sector event is very relevant to the accounting harmonization effort, especially in the

context of the EC 1606 regulation and the 2009 US Securities and Exchange

Commission’s decision to allow IFRS usage by foreign companies listed on national

stock markets without US GAAP (US general accepted accounting principles)

conversion. To this end NYSE-EuroNext is one of the largest IFRS vessels, highlighting

the need for a cohesive set of reporting standards at an unprecedented scale.

The new economic context, in the aftermath of the above mentioned events, created a dissident

opinion where academics questioned the validity of the two accounting class status quo. Two

prominent academic works, Alexander & Archer (2000) and D’Arcy (2001), raise issues even

preceding the IFRS partial adoption in the European Unions.

- D’Arcy – the research attempts a similar clustering analysis to the Doupnik model, but its

result does not clearly indentify an anglo-american category. The main critics of this

model dismiss its results, considering the information contained by the used database to

Page 78: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

78

be erroneous. While the D’Arcy model is not unanimously accepted as a valid

classification model, its merit is raising awareness on the issue of evaluation, recognition

and consolidation of accounting information, as applied in IFRS adoptive countries

(Pântea & Cristea, 2009).

- Alexander & Archer – another attempt at accounting practice classification, based on a

comparative analysis of regulations and legislation that might influence the various

accounting practices. In regards to the United States and the United Kingdom, a number

of lasting similarities have been identified such as transparency in annual statement

presentation, principle based framework, common law background, and a trend for

external source financing (Alexander & Archer, 2000). In spite of these similarities, the

differences of regulatory nature governing the two systems are so fundamental that the

existence of a particular Anglo-Saxon group is out of the question. The argument against

this theory consists of its lacking focus on accounting practices. While accounting

regulations may very well differ, the practice itself is conducted along similar patterns

(Nobes, 2011).

Although discredited, the dissident opinion of the above research does raise awareness to the fact

that a reevaluation in accounting system classification may be required in the light of converging

to an international set of principles and regulations. To this end, even the opponents of the

D’Arcy and Alexander & Archer models agree to the fact that in the new IFRS governed world

the descriptive power of the terms continental and Anglo-Saxon has diminished in relation to

consolidated annual statements (Nobes & Parker, 2000). Further research however, does offer

mathematical based arguments that support the claim of national accounting influence still

having an active role in the decision making process of IFRS adoptive corporations (Nobes,

2011). Also, in the aftermath of the January 1st 2005 deadline imposed by the 1606(2002) EC

directive, the continental family has started to re-invent itself by reclassifying. The current state

of affairs, therefore, has a certain level of confusion associated to the topic. Further evidence is

looking to clarify the situation, and also attempts to reposition the terms Anglo-Saxon and

continental accounting in their new adaptive form.

3. PROPOSING A NEW CLASSIFICATION MODEL

Starting from the premise that in the modern world accounting systems are the ones subject to

classification, and not the countries practicing these systems (Nobes & Stadler, 2013), Sellhorn

& Gornik-Tomaszewski (2006) explore the possibility of a classification strictly based on the

degree of IFRS adoption. The need of European corporations to gain access to foreign capital

markets, especially the US stock exchange, during the years 1990-1998 came at a very expensive

price. During this period corporations were issuing consolidated annual statements both in

accord with the US GAAP and their national accounting principles (Sellhorn & Gornik, 2006).

In a sense, the CE 1606(2002) regulation is a relative answer to private sector demand, which

called for accounting normalization practices out of the necessity of double reporting cost

reduction. Shortly after the regulation’s deadline, the researchers indentify two factors that

differentiate accounting practices at European Union level: the degree of public responsibility

(depending on whether a certain company is publicly traded or not) and the type of annual

financial statement that a given economic entity is required to publish (consolidated vs.

individual). Table 2, proposes a shift from groups of countries to groups of entities, regardless of

national identity, that practice a certain accounting system based on legislation and IFRS

implementation choices (Pântea & Cristea, 2009).

Page 79: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

79

Table no.2 - Accounting classification based on IFRS degree of adoption Consolidated annual statements Individual annual statements

Publicly traded companies Group 1: IFRS imposed Group 2:IFRS allowed or imposed,

at member state discretion

Privately held companies Group 3:IFRS allowed or imposed,

at member state discretion

Group 4:IFRS allowed or imposed,

at member state discretion

Source: Pântea & Cristea (2009: 41)

With the exception of group 1, where the accounting system is clearly defined by IFRS norms,

apparently this classification is not contradictory to the classic two system models. A closer look

upon the way certain EU member states have understood the freedom allowed under groups 2-4,

proven through their national accounting reform acts, may however bring additional insight upon

a possible reclassification within the continental sphere. One such case is the Romanian

3055(2009), succeeded by the 1802(2014), ministry of finance ordinances that have solely

adopted IFRS principles that suited national economic context, without incurring expensive

transition costs. An even more representative example is the case of Germany, where in 2009 the

federal parliament adopted Bilantzrechts-Modernisierungsgesetz (Accounting Modernization Act,

in short BilMoG). As of 2009, BilMoG decides on a number of measures in accord with IFRS,

making the entire system a bit more similar to the Anglo-American practices, as defined by

Nobes (Hellman et al, 2013). While the German reform may have produced a system that fits

with the Sellhorn & Gornic model, it certainly does not fit the previous ones. Therefore BilMoG

has kept a number of elements specific for the continental family, such as practices catered for

credit financing, focus on taxation, or conservative spirit; but it also adopted Anglo-Saxon

practices such as principle based framework established by a newly born nongovernmental

institution, similar to the US FASB, or making consolidated cash flow statements for non

publicly traded companies mandatory, similar to the UK. As the German authorities opted for a

radical and costly road to accounting modernization, favoring a national point of view instead of

IFRS adoption, BilMoG is a hybrid between Anglo-Saxon and continental professional values,

and is very selective in regard to what international values should be made norm.

As per the opinion of a different effort of general reclassification, focusing exclusively on EU

member states, the German point of view has been labeled as IFRS antagonistic (Forst, 2014).

Having the Sellhorn Gornik model as starting point, and analyzing the arguments behind the

Doubnik, Nobes and Leuz models (the last is not discussed in the current paper), the Forst model

concludes that the IFRS implementation efforts do not result in the obsoletion of the former

accounting system dichotomy, but it does highlight a number of its practical limitations. In short,

using a hierarchical cluster analysis on IFRS implementation decisions of European countries,

the Forst model determines three classes of accounting systems practiced within the EU: IFRS

antagonistic, IFRS supportive, and IFRS integrated. The correlation with the Nobes 1998 model

is as follows:

- IFRS supportive identifies with group A (EU representative: Ireland and the United

Kingdom), practicing countries of both systems having a culture of capital market

financing

- IFRS antagonistic identifies with group B (EU representative: Germany and France,

where Germany, as shown has adopted a hybrid system that migrates towards group A,

and France having a strong opinion in favor of national standards), in both cases the

credit financing culture remaining strong.

- It is assumed that the IFRS integrated group becomes a class within itself.

Due to possible change in European Union future policy on international standard adoption, and

legislation volatility at the member states level, the Forst model is based on a rather fragile

platform. This argument is strengthened by the Nobes 2013 revised model, which takes into

account the legislative factor of the examined sample. The model examines the effects of IFRS

Page 80: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

80

implementation on a global sample, taking into account EU member states (France, Germany,

Spain, Italy, the UK), and non member states (Switzerland, Australia, Canada, South Korea, and

Hong Kong - the US not having mandatory IFRS adoption regulation for the domestic sector is

being excluded for the purposes of the present model). Nobes, therefore, like Forst identifies the

existence of two distinct groups of accounting systems – an Anglo-Saxon and a continental (this

group being made up of all EU states from the population, with the exception of the UK), but

also finds the classification to be very sensitive to changes in the legislative factor, regardless of

whether the specific applicable code of law is statutory or common (Nobes, 2013). All in all,

evidence points out to the fact that the present two system classification is not only valid with a

great number of limitations, but is subject to constant change depending on regulatory attitude

and legislative measures of each adopting IFRS country.

4. CONCLUSIONS

Examining the issue of Anglo-Saxon and continental accounting, not just in current context, but

over an extended period of time – ranging from its early formative years of the industrial

revolution to the IAS/IFRS adoption movement, we conclude that the two accounting families

have always been valid terms, but never kept a constant meaning. In fact, prior to 20th

century

events, the accounting world has highlighted the problematic issues deriving from conflicting

accounting standard usage in cross national economic activities, but did not necessarily find a

need for a rigorous classification. The official coinage of the terms Anglo-Saxon and continental

class of accounting systems is the product of the intrinsic models of classification, and is the

direct result of the need to understand and do away with reporting inconsistencies in an ever

growing globalized market. While researchers could not always agree on a unanimous set of

factors that define the two terms, it is generally accepted that a constant number of countries fall

in the category of one accounting family or another. Private sector pressure, in addition to

governmental response, by means of favorable regulations towards IFRS implementation, has

diminished the cultural factor’s impact over setting national reporting standards. In conclusion,

our research indicates that a two group system can coexist with the current stage of accounting

harmonization, but due to a fast changing legal climate and accelerating pace at which capital

markets demand a harmonized fashion for accounting information presentation, the former

characteristics of the accounting families are less descriptive. As far as its past value, the classic

dichotomy brings a generous contribution towards understanding how national culture has

chosen to interpret the international standards, and therefore selectively accept or refuse to adopt

the IFRS. Current models of classification offer further understanding, but their conclusions are

applicable only as long as the current legislative and regulatory values remain constant. As far as

future research, it is our opinion that the development in the IFRS convergence process will

frequently change the meaning of the terms Anglo-Saxon and continental, while the point of

their total obsolesce will coincide with full accounting harmonization. However, since it is

highly difficult to predict a successful deadline for IFRS implementation in domestic practices of

individual countries, a constantly updated two system paradigm remains the best educational tool

in explaining accounting practices from an international perspective.

REFERENCES D’Arcy, A (2001) “Accounting Classification and the International Harmonization Debate – an empirical

investigation”, Organizations and Society, vol. 26, issues 4 – 5, pp. 327 – 349.

David, A., Archer, S. (2000) ”On the Myth of ‚Anglo Saxon’ Financial Accounting”, The International

Journal of Accounting, vol. 35, vol. 4, pp.539 – 557.

Delloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (2014) IFRS în your pocket 2014, London: Creative Studio at

Deloitte

Doupnick, T., Perera, H. (2007) International Accounting 6th edition, New York: McGraw Hill Reader.

Page 81: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

81

Doupnick, T., Salter, S. (1993) ”An empirical test of judgemental classification of financial reporting

practices”, Journal of International Business Studies, no. 1, pp. 41 – 60.

European Council Directive no. 4/1978 ”Treaty on the annual accounts of certain types of companies”,

OJ L 222/14.08.1978: 11

Forst, A. (2014) ”IFRS Implementation in the European Union and the Survival of the Accounting

Families”, Advances in Accounting, incorporating Advances in International Accounting, no. 30, pp.

187 – 195.

Hellmann, A., Perera, H., Patel, C. (2013) ”Continental European Accounting Model Advances in

International Accounting”, Advances in Accounting, incorporating Advances in International

Accounting, no. 29, pp. 124 – 133.

Nobes, C., Parker, R. (2000) International Classification of Financial Reporting, 6th edition, USA: Person

Education.

Nobes, C., Stadler, C. (2013) ”How arbitrary are international accounting classifications? Lessons from

Centuries of Classifying in many Disciplines, and Experiments with IFRS Data”, Accounting

Organizatins and Society, no. 38, pp. 573 – 595.

Nobes, C. (2011) ”An accounting Classification Based on IFRS Practices”, Seminar Session 1, School of

Management, University of London.

Pântea, P., Cristea, S. (2009) ”Importanta clasificarilor internationale în domeniul raportarii financiare în

contextul procesului de armonizare contabilă”, revista Audit Financiar, no. 71, pp. 34-42.

Walton, P. (2015) ”Accounting in Europe, ESSEC Financial Reporting Center”, available online at:

http://www.gale.cengage.com/pdf/samples/sp521618.pdf.

Zeff, S. (2012) ”The Evolution of the IASC into the IASB, and the challanges it faces”, The Accounting

Review, vol. 87, nr. 3, pp. 806 – 837.

Page 82: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

82

ANALYSIS OF THE LEGAL BASIS OF RESEARCH

PROGRAMMES FUNDED BY THE EUROPEAN UNION

BETWEEN 2007-2020 FROM AN AUDIT PERSPECTIVE

Alexandru BOCEAN

European Research Council Executive Agency, Brussels, Belgium

Abstract

The Framework Programmes for research funded by the EU are directly managed by the European

Commission. The first programme of EU funding for research was conducted between 1984 - 1987 with a

budget of €3.75 billion and the eighth and last programme called Horizon 2020 runs from 2014-2020

with a budget of €80 billion in current prices. The 7th Framework Programme (FP7) was conducted over

a period of seven years from 2007-2013 with a total budget of over €50 billion. The budget was a

substantial increase compared to the 6th Framework Programme (FP6), as a result of the priority given to

research in the European Union. FP7 was designed to respond to Europe's needs in terms of jobs and

competitiveness, and to maintain leadership in the global knowledge economy targets.

The administrative rules of the framework programmes for research have experienced changes with an

emphasis on simplification and cutting red tape. The main criticism of the FP7 rules took into account

their complexity, large number of procedures, long waiting times for conclusion of the financing

agreement and for receipt of financing. The research community suggests amending the concept of

funding from cost-based to the one based on results. The current paper analyses the simplification

measures included in the last two Framework Programmes (2007-2020).

Keywords: audit, rules, simplification, framework programmes, research, legal basis

JEL Classification: M420, O320, O380

1. INTRODUCTION

The EU research budget is spent for grants to research actors across Europe and outside Europe,

which are awarded on the basis of calls for proposals and peer review, with strong competition

between researchers. Many areas of research such as nuclear fusion research are so complex that

they can only be addressed at European (transnational) level with participants from different EU

Member States and other countries. The current Framework Programme for funding projects in

research and innovation, called Horizon 2020 brings together for the first time in a single

programme all the EU funds for research and innovation, focusing on the transformation of

scientific discoveries into innovative products and services that provide business opportunities

and improve people's lives. At the same time, the programme aims to drastically reduce

bureaucracy by simplifying the rules and procedures to attract more top researchers and a

broader range of innovative businesses.

2. ASSUMPTIONS OF THE RESEARCH

Several hypotheses have been proposed for the research on legal basis for the audit of EU funds

from an audit work perspective:

1. The evolution of the legal basis for the audit provisions of European funds aimed at

simplifying rules and requirements in order to reduce the administrative burden for the

beneficiaries of funding and for the monitoring and control bodies

Page 83: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

83

2. The changes during the legal basis of a framework programme have positive consequences for

the grant beneficiaries, for the monitoring and control bodies and for project implementation in

general

3. The legal framework for European funds aimed at reducing the audit pressure on the

beneficiaries of EU funding

4. The legal basis for EU funds is elaborated by considering how the management of these funds

can be shared with the EU member states, or directly carried out by the European Commission

3. THE LEGAL BASIS FOR THE RESEARCH PROGRAMME FP7 (2007-2013) IN

TERMS OF AUDIT WORK

The EU Regulation 1906/2006 [8] on the rules for participation in actions under FP7 contains

provisions that are relevant to the audit of the grants. (Art. 18-19 [8]), types of grants (Art. 30

[8]) and the eligibility of costs (Art. 31-34 [8]).

The grant agreement is the legal instrument that establishes provisions for awarding funding, the

rights and obligations of beneficiaries (including new beneficiaries added during the action) in

accordance with the legislative framework for FP7 programme mentioned above and the relevant

EU legislation, including the EU Financial Regulation [1] and its implementing rules. The

agreement shall specify what categories of costs are based on actual eligible costs or on unit

costs, lump sums or flat rates. Art. 19 [8] mentions that a model grant agreement established

together with the Member States will be revised, if necessary also in collaboration with Member

States. The grant agreement will also include provisions on monitoring and financial control

carried out by the European Commission and its representatives and by the European Court of

Auditors.

Art. 30 [8] presents four types of financing: the actual costs, scales of unit costs, lump sums and

flat rates. Art. 31 [8] concerning eligible costs mentions the principles of co-financing and non-

profit (by deducting of any income generated by the project, at the final payment). Eligibility

criteria include:

• the costs are actual costs

• the costs are incurred during the project

• the costs comply of management and accounting practices beneficiaries

• the costs are used to achieve the project objectives in terms of economy, efficiency and

effectiveness

• the costs are recorded in the accounting of the beneficiary and contributions received from third

parties are to be found in the accounts of the third parties

• ineligible costs are VAT, other identifiable indirect taxes (excise tax), interest on loans,

provisions for possible future losses, foreign exchange losses, return on capital costs, costs of

another project, costs that are exaggerated (excessive) and irresponsible.

The term excessive costs means to pay significantly more for products, services or personnel

than the market rates for the quality or skill required. The term irresponsible costs refers to lack

of caution in choosing products, services or personnel resulting in a financial loss that could have

been avoided for the project [10, p. 54].

Average personnel costs were considered eligible (if they meet certain criteria to be detailed in

the dedicated section within the grant agreement) by decision C (2011) 174 [9] the European

Commission on three simplification measures which applied retroactively to the entire FP7

programme. The other two measures relate to flat rate financing for SME owners or other

Page 84: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

84

individuals who do not receive salaries and the establishment of a validation committee for

research in order to manage issues related to the implementation of the entire FP7 programme.

Art. 32 [8] explains the concepts of direct costs and indirect costs. Costs can be direct or indirect

depending on the possibility of identifying the link with the action financed, in which case the

costs are considered as direct costs. Indirect costs cannot be directly allocated to the project but

these costs should have a direct link with the eligible direct costs. In this regard, an example

might be the case of a beneficiary who has two buildings A and B and the financed project is

conducted in building A, among other projects. The utility costs of the building B cannot be

considered as indirect costs to direct costs of projects carried out in building A. The cost of

utilities for building A are indirect costs that cannot be attributed directly to the EU funded

project because other activities (projects) take place in the building. For the case when indirect

costs model adopted by the beneficiary is the actual cost, a plausible calculation method is

needed for the indirect costs of the project. Beneficiaries may use a method in accordance with

their accounting practice or a simplified method, described in detail in the FP7 Guide to

Financial Issues [10, p. 70].

The grant agreement may set a maximum limit on reimbursement of indirect costs as percentage

of eligible direct costs (minus subcontracting costs and the reimbursements received from third

parties) for support and coordination actions and specific training measures. The beneficiary may

choose a tariff based on a flat rate established by the European Commission based on estimates

of indirect cost and this rate must be specified in the grant agreement.

In general, non-profit organisations, institutions of higher and secondary education, research

organisations, or SMEs cannot accurately identify real indirect costs, therefore a single rate

specified as a "transitional flat rate" was approved, which was to be applicable for grants under

proposals drawn up before 01.01.2010. The objective was to help organisations during the

transition to move from a flat-rate calculation of the indirect costs, to a method of calculating the

actual indirect costs. However, on 15.06.2009 the European Commission decided to maintain the

transitional flat rate of 60% for indirect costs for the rest of the Framework Programme FP7

(Decision C (2009) 4459 [11] European Commission).

Art. 33 [8] presents the EU contribution on research actions under the 7th programme. There are

different maximum funding limits, 50%, 75% or 100%, depending on the type of activity or

action and type of beneficiary:

• financing of 50% applies for research and technological development and

demonstration

• financing of 75% applies for research and technological development related to the

security of the development of equipment in areas where market size is very limited and for

beneficiaries that are public bodies, non-profit organisations, institutions of higher and secondary

education, research organisations, SMEs

• financing of 100% applies to the activities of the actions of "frontier research"

coordination and support actions, training and career development of researchers, networking,

dissemination and management activities of all types of actions

The financial contribution will take into account the eligibility of costs and if applicable, project

revenues, according to the principle of non-profit.

Art. 34 [8] refers to reporting and audit of eligible costs. Coordinating beneficiaries of projects

financed by the European Commission FP7 programme submit periodic reports on eligible costs,

on revenues in connection with the action, evidence of existence for the co-financing and

depending on the size of the funding, possibly an audit certificate certifying the costs claimed.

Page 85: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

85

The audit certificate of costs claimed is only required when the aggregate value of payments to a

beneficiary (interim and final) reaches €375,000 or more for an action. For actions with a

duration of 2 years or less, there is a single audit certificate at the end of the project. The audit

certificate is not required for indirect actions entirely reimbursed by means of lump sums or flat

rates.

For public entities, the audit certificate can be issued by a competent public officer (for other

cases the auditor must be independent from the beneficiary).

The Regulations 1908/2006 and 139/2012 of the EU Council on the rules for participation in

actions under FP7 in nuclear research contain the same provisions as Regulation 1906/2006 on

the eligibility of costs and audit: Art. 29-33 are the equivalent of Art. 30-34 of Regulation

1906/2006 [8] above.

4. THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR THE HORIZON 2020 RESEARCH

PROGRAMME (2007-2013) IN TERMS OF AUDIT WORK

Regulation 1291/2013 [12] establishing the Horizon 2020 research programme mentions at Art.

9 the direct management of the programme by the European Commission under Regulation

966/2012 [1]. A new element of Horizon 2020 is the concept of synergy referred to in Art. 13

[12] and specifically the synergy with Structural and Investment Funds (Art. 21 [12]). The

concept of synergy on EU programmes is addressed in a document written by a working group

led by the regional and urban policy directorate and the directorate for research and innovation in

collaboration with other directorates of the European Commission [2]. Synergy means joint and

coordinated efforts to achieve a greater impact and efficiency, for example by combining

structural funds and the Horizon 2020 in the same project or in a group of coordinated actions

(successive or parallel projects), provided that there is no double funding for the same expenses.

Actually, there is a derogation from the principle of non-cumulatively funding through the

details of the Regulation 1303/2013 [4] on the common provisions for the Structural Funds (Art.

65.11) and Regulation 1290/2013 on the rules of participation in Horizon 2020 ( Art. 37), which

exclude double funding for the same costs [2, p. 5].

Art. 29 [12] speaks about the reasonable assurance provided by control and audit work

concerning risk management, efficient operations and effective and transactions that comply

with rules and legal basis. It seeks audit missions based on a representative sample of all

programme costs and reducing administrative pressure on beneficiaries. Art. 30 [12] provides for

the possibility of audits by the European Commission representatives, the European Court of

Auditors, investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) on beneficiaries

of financing (including subcontractors). Audits may be launched during the programme in two

years after the final payment to the beneficiary.

The Regulation 1290/2013 [13] on the rules for participation and dissemination in Horizon 2020

brings clarifications on cost eligibility at Art. 26 [13] referring to the criteria of Regulation

966/2012, Art. 126 [1]. An entire article is devoted to personnel costs (Art. 27 [13]) which may

include costs for wages, social contributions and other related costs if provided by the legislation

in the Member States and by the contracts of employment of those working on projects funded

by the programme. For beneficiaries being non-profit legal persons, additional wage costs up to

€8,000 annually per worker are accepted if the person devotes all his productive time to the

project work. If the person works on other projects, the additional hourly rate is limited to a

value corresponding to the amount of 8,000 divided by the number of productive hours per year

complying with the requirements of Art. 31 [13] which will be detailed below. Such additional

Page 86: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

86

salary payments must be the normal practice of the beneficiary, not just subjectively applied only

to the project funded by the programme.

The principles underlying the financing are subject to Art. 28 [13] and there is a difference from

the previous programme, namely establishing a single funding rate per funded action. In Horizon

2020 there are no longer different funding rates for different activities (research, management) or

by type of beneficiary (while in the FP7 programme there is a funding rate of 75% for

universities, research centres and SMEs and the 50% funding rate for the rest of beneficiaries).

The principle of funding on eligible costs is still valid. Project revenues and resources received

free of charge are deducted from the eligible costs. Funding may reach 100% of eligible costs

except for innovation projects and projects co-financed from other funds which receive up to

70% of eligible costs. However, 100% funding for innovation projects carried out by non-profit

entities is accepted.

Art. 29 [13] refers to indirect costs and it is to be noted the elimination of actual costs and the use

of a flat rate at 25% of eligible direct costs (minus the costs of subcontracting and costs of

resources provided by third parties and used outside the premises of the beneficiary). Indirect

costs based on unit cost or flat rate can be used if the financing agreement provides for these

arrangements.

Art. 31 [13] is dedicated to yearly productive hours that can be a fixed number or they can be

calculated by the beneficiary using a plausible method. The beneficiary must prove the actual

hours worked, and in this respect the grant agreement for Horizon 2020 contains a new provision

on the need for recording the time worked: if there is 100% allocation of people working on the

project the lack of records on hours worked is accepted by providing a statement which shows

full time dedication work on the funded project. The number of yearly productive hours is used

for the calculation of the hourly rate and personnel costs. Art. 32 [13] deals with unit costs which

can be used for people who do not receive salary, with reference to Art. 124 of Regulation

966/2012 [1]. These unit costs are set by the European Commission on statistical and historical

bases. Regarding unit costs the Art. 35 [13] indicates the possibility that the beneficiary will

develop a methodology subject to approval by the European Commission on the calculation of

costs claimed which applies to all actions where the beneficiary participates within the program.

Art. 34 [13], and Art. 36 [13] refers to the audit certificates concerning statements of costs. There

is a change in the funding threshold over which such certificates are required i.e. €325,000

instead of €375,000 in the previous program. Only one audit certificate at the end of the project

is needed, while in the previous programme an audit certificate was required for each tranche of

financing exceeding the threshold of €375,000. We can see that lowering the threshold for the

required certificate of audit (which is an ex-ante control) is also aligned with the strategy to

reduce ex-post controls that provides for the launching of financial audits within two years from

the final payment instead of the five year interval after the end of the project for audit initiation

as it was in the previous programme for 2007-2013. The rules require the auditor independence

in relation to the beneficiary in issuing audit certificates, in particular, the auditor must not be

involved in the elaboration of cost statements.

5. COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS BETWEEN GRANT AGREEMENTS FROM

RESEARCH PROGRAMMES FP7 (2007-2013) AND HORIZON 2020 (2014-2020)

The grant (financing) agreement is the legal instrument that establishes provisions for financing

costs for actions within the research program. The EU is co-financing the total eligible cost of

the action as defined in the grant agreement. The grant agreement sets the upper limit of the

Page 87: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

87

contribution of the EU and includes, a breakdown of the estimated budget and financial

contribution for each activity performed by each beneficiary (in the case when there are multiple

beneficiaries who form a consortium on the project). However, the grant agreement does not

define the actual total amount payable to the beneficiary once the action has been completed.

The actual financial contribution is calculated in accordance with the provisions of the grant

agreement and it is based on the accepted costs of the unique beneficiary or of the whole

consortium which includes more beneficiaries.

The grant agreement consists of a core text and several annexes. There is also a list of special

clauses to be introduced in the grant agreement where necessary. The model is customized

appropriately for specific programmes in the field of research (such as for example "Marie

Curie" or "Ideas").

The financing agreement for the new Horizon 2020 programme [15] is designed in a way to

simplify the language used and to present more clearly the rights and obligations of the European

Commission and of the beneficiary. All the provisions are included in one document, as opposed

to the previous programme where a large part of the provisions were included in the Annex II.

The provisions are largely similar to those of the previous programme but there are also

differences which will be highlighted in a comparative analysis table below. Thus, the grant

agreement remains the way of funding and the reimbursement of actual costs remains in fact the

main cost model. It is observed an increased use of flat rates and unit costs and the possibility of

grants based on reimbursement of lump sums. Details and clarifications on the provisions of the

grant agreement for the 2007-2013 period are included in a separate document called Guide to

Financial Issues. Many of the details and clarifications from the Guide were adapted and

introduced inside the new grant agreement for 2014-2020.

The grant agreement for the new programme Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) provides favourable

simplifications for the financed action, such as single funding rate for an action, extended

opportunities based on flat rates (e.g. 25% flat rate for indirect costs and the elimination of actual

indirect costs), VAT irrecoverable by the beneficiary as eligible cost, decreasing the pressure of

audits by reducing the period in which an audit can be launched to two years after final payment,

reducing the number of audit certificates on the financial statements and lowering the threshold

at which this certificate is necessary, there is no more the need to reimburse the interest on pre-

financing to the EU. However, there is more emphasis on rules for subcontracting and

procurement and there are provisions related to the extrapolation of the audit findings to other

grants than those audited. Also, the grant agreement for 2014-2020 aims to increase awareness of

beneficiaries regarding the consequences of breaching rules by mentioning these consequences at

the end of the relevant articles.

Page 88: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

88

Table no.1 - Comparative analysis between financing agreements from research FP7 (2007-2013)

and Horizon 2020 (2014-2020)

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

Financing rate

Art. 5.2 [15] states that funding may reach

100% of eligible costs except in

innovation projects and those funded from

other funds which is up to 70%. However,

it accepts 100% funding for innovation

projects for non-profit entities.

The principle is to use a funding rate for

an action (following the trend of

simplification) as opposed to the FP7

programme where funding rates vary by

activities within an action.

Art. II. 16 [14] provides funding rates for

eligible costs depending on the type of

action, type of beneficiary and type of

activities of an action:

- 50% funding rate on collaborative and

networks of excellence projects on

activities of technological development

and research (except public bodies, non-

profit institutions of secondary and higher

education, research orga-nisations and

SMEs benefiting from rate 75%)

- 100% funding rate for coordination and

support actions or actions of the specific

Programme "Ideas".

- 50% funding rate on demonstration

activities

- 100% funding rate on management,

training, networking, dissemination

activities.

Eligibility

requirements

for costs

Art. 6.1 [15] provides three types of costs:

actual costs, unit costs and flat rate costs.

Art. II.14 [14] provides actual costs, the

only exceptions being average personnel

costs and personnel costs based on a flat

rate for owners of SMEs or individuals

who do not receive a salary. The

retroactive exemptions were introduced by

the European Commission decision C

(2011) 174 [9].

Additional

staff costs for

non-profit

entities

Art. 6.2.A.1 [15] allows additional

personnel costs according to Art. 27 of

Regulation 1290/2013 [15] described

above

There are no references to additional

personnel costs

Costs for

individuals

(who are not

employed but

provide

services)

Art. 6.2.A.2 [15] specifies the eligibility

criteria:

- Persons working under the supervision of

the beneficiary, its location or not

(teleworking)

- Work results belong to the beneficiary

- Costs are not much different from costs

of employees who do similar work

There are no details in the grant

agreement, there are only guidelines for

financial matters [14, p. 61] where there

are two additional requirements:

- Remuneration is based on hours worked

(i.e. actual costs) and not on results

- The costs of travel for these people are

paid directly by the beneficiary

Personnel

costs for

owners of

SMEs and

individuals

who do not

receive salary

Art. 6.2.A.4 [15] and Art. 6.2.A.5 [15]

mentions the eligibility of such costs and

of unit costs.

Art. II.14.1 [14] was updated with these

provisions after the adoption of Decision

C (2011) 174 [9] European Commission. It

describes the method of calculation that is

used and the specific programme "People".

Page 89: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

89

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

Personnel

costs

calculation

The calculation method is presented in

Art. 6.2. [15] (hourly rate calculation

includes actual costs and unit costs). For

the productive hours per year there are

several options:

- The value of 1720 hours per year

- Individual productive hours per year

- The standard number of productive hours

per year according to accounting practice

of the beneficiary

For actual costs, the hourly rate will be

calculated as the ratio between personnel

costs and productive hours of a financial

year covered by the reporting period.

The grant agreement does not include

details on the calculation method for

personnel costs, hourly rates and

productive hours. Details exists only in the

Guide to Financial Issues [10, p. 57-60].

Subcontracting

costs

Art. 6.2.B. [15] and Art. 13 [15] refer to

these costs. Items that are not present in

the Art. 7 [14] of the FP7 grant agreement:

- Acceptance of subcontracting without the

need to be mentioned in Annex I

(description of the action) and Annex II

(budget)

- The possibility to audit a subcontractor

- The following articles of the Grant

Agreement [15] also apply to

subcontractors: 35 (conflict of interest), 36

(privacy), 38 (promoting action) and 46

(promoting action)

- Procurement requires compliance with

national legislation (based on EU

directives 2004/17 / EC and 2004/18 / EC

on public procurement).

It is noted that Art. II.7 [14] in FP7 grant

agreement contains provisions that formed

the basis of Art. 13 [15] of the Horizon

2020 grant agreement and the latter

contains a number of additional

provisions.

Other direct

costs

Art. 6.2.D.1-4 [15] relates to the eligibility

of other direct costs such as travel,

equipment, supplies, and audit certificates.

It is noted that non-recoverable VAT is

eligible and there is Art. 10 [15] on

procurement rules.

There are no such details in the grant

agreement, only in the Guide to Financial

Issues [10, p. 64-68].

Indirect costs

Art. 6.2.E [15] provides a flat rate of 25%

applied to eligible direct costs of which

were subcontracting costs, costs of

resources provided by third parties and

used outside of the premises of the

beneficiary. For operating grants as

defined in Art. 121 (1) (b) of Regulation

966/2013 [1] indirect costs are not eligible.

Art. II.15.2 [14] presents methods for

calculating indirect costs:

- Actual costs

- Cost-based on 20% flat rate of if the

beneficiary does not opt for actual costs

- Cost-based on 60% flat rate only for

non-profit public bodies, secondary and

higher education institutions, research

organisations and SMEs

- Maximum 7% of eligible direct costs of

which subcontracting costs, costs of

resources provided by third parties and

used outside the premises of the

beneficiary, for coordination and support

actions

Page 90: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

90

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

Non-eligible

costs

Art. 6.5 [15] mentions other non-eligible

costs, in addition to the previous program:

bank fees on transfers from the European

Commission, costs for the period when

action is suspended in accordance with

Art. 49 [15].

However, only recoverable VAT is

ineligible cost, deductible VAT is accepted

as eligible cost.

In Art. 6.6 [15] declared ineligible costs

rejection is mentioned with reference to

Art. 42 [15] specifies general terms,

calculation and effects on rejection of

these ineligible costs.

Art. II.14.3 [14] (not eligible costs):

VAT, other identifiable indirect taxes

(excise tax), interest on loans, provisions

for future costs, foreign exchange losses,

return on capital costs, costs of another

project, exaggerated and irresponsible

costs.

Consequences

of non-

compliance

The grant agreement specifies at each

article containing obligations and

requirements, what are the consequences

of non-compliance, usually rejection of

costs or reduction of funding.

Unlike the grant agreement for Horizon

2020, the grant agreement for the FP7

programme is not clear on the

consequences of non-compliance.

Retention of

documents

Art. 18 [15] specifies the period for

keeping genuine documents and records

for five years after the final payment, or

until the completion of the procedures for

verifications, audits (including extension

of audit findings) or investigations.

Details are provided concerning the types

of documents to be kept to justify the

actual costs, unit costs, flat rate costs (such

as invoices, contracts, and accounting

records).

Recording of the worked time must be

documented and approved by the

beneficiary at least monthly. However,

alternative evidence may be accepted in

case the time recording does not provide

reasonable assurance.

There is no need for time recording for

persons working exclusively on the project

funded by the programme.

Art. II.22.3 [14] states that original

documents or certified copies must be kept

for five years from completion of the

project and that they should be available in

case of an audit.

Page 91: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

91

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

Checks,

reviews,

audits,

investigations,

Art. 22.1 [15] provides that the checks,

reviews and audits aim at the

implementing of the action and at the

compliance with the obligations of the

grant agreement. Checks are carried out by

the European Commission which may be

accompanied by external individuals or

entities. Reviews and audits are carried out

directly by the Commission or indirectly

by representatives, while the beneficiary

provides access to the necessary

information and locations.

In Art. 22.1 [15] there are provisions for:

- Checks: they involve evaluation of the

results and of the reports related to the

action

- Reviews: they can take place within two

years after the final payment, are similar to

checks, but they also include an evaluation

of the scientific and technological

developments; they can take place on the

spot; a report in the language of the grant

agreement (usually English) is elaborated,

to which the beneficiary may submit

comments within 30 days.

- Audits: they can take place within two

years after the final payment; they can take

place on the spot and on the basis of the

audit findings a report in the language of

the grant agreement (usually English) is

elaborated, to which the beneficiary may

submit comments within 30 days; the

comments of the beneficiary will be

considered in the final report to be sent to

the beneficiary; a deadline for sending the

final report is not stated, as in the previous

programme 2007-2013 which refers to a

period of 60 days.

Investigations can be conducted by the

European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF). The

audits may be also carried out by the

European Court of Auditors.

Art. II.22 [14] provides for the possibility

of carrying out audits during the project

duration or within five years after the end

of the project by the European

Commission or by representatives of the

European Commission, by European Anti-

Fraud Office (OLAF) and by the European

Court of Auditors. The audits may focus

on financial aspects, on system aspects, or

on methods (for accounting or

management). Beneficiaries must provide

the information required by auditors and

the access to locations. Retention period

for original documents or certified copies

is five years from completion of the

project. An initial audit report is sent to the

beneficiary who can provide comments

within 30 days and a final report is issued

within the next 60 days. As a result of

audit findings the Commission may decide

to partially or fully recover the sums paid

to the beneficiary.

Art. II.23 [14] provides for the possibility

of conducting technical audits and reviews

during the project duration or within five

years after the end of the project by the

European Commission, which may be

accompanied by external experts.

Different aspects are assessed, such as

results, the relevance of objectives,

resources used, project management,

impact, dissemination plan. Audits and

reviews are performed remotely or on the

spot, while the beneficiary must provide

access to information and locations. An

initial audit report is sent to the beneficiary

who can provide comments within 30

days.

According to Art. II.23.9 [14], the

European Commission may accept or

reject the outputs (results) delivered by the

project, may propose changes to the

description of the activity (Annex I to the

grant agreement), may trigger termination

of the grant or termination of the

participation of a beneficiary within the

consortium (according to Art. II.38 [14])

and may decide partial or total recovery of

payments.

Ethical audits may be carried out within

five years from the end of the project in

compliance with the provisions for

technical audits and reviews mentioned

above.

Page 92: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

92

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

The

consequences

of the findings

during the

inspections,

reviews, audits

and

investigations

– extension of

findings

The findings during the inspections,

reviews, audits and investigations on a

grant may lead to the rejection of

ineligible costs (Art. 42 [15]), reduced

funding (Art. 43 [15]), recovery of funding

(Art. 44 [15]), or other measures described

in Chapter 6 [15] such as penalties,

suspension of payments, suspension of

implementation of the grant, the grant

termination or the termination of the

participation of a beneficiary. Following

the findings it is possible to change the

Description of work (Annex I to the grant

agreement) in accordance with Art. 55

[15].

The conclusions arising from an

investigation of the European Anti-Fraud

Office (OLAF) may result in prosecution

under national law.

The existence of systematic or recurrent

errors, irregularities, fraud or breaches of

obligations may lead to an extension of

findings for other grants (extrapolation). It

is necessary that the beneficiary is notified

of the findings and of the list of grants

affected by these findings, within two

years after the final payment of the grant

where there have been findings.

The findings can refer to eligibility of

costs and in this case the European

Commission requires within 90 days of the

notification, that the beneficiary submits

its observations and revised financial

statements for all affected grants by

calculating the necessary adjustments, or

by using the flat rate proposed by the

European Commission or by an alternative

method of correction which is duly

justified and accepted by the European

Commission. If the beneficiary does not

provide financial statements reviewed by

one of the methods mentioned above, or

the method proposed by the beneficiary is

not acceptable, the European Commission

will inform the beneficiary that the

initially proposed flat rate will be applied

by the European Commission.

The findings may relate to the inadequate

implementation of the action by the breach

of obligations, in which case the European

Commission requires the beneficiary to

submit observations on the list of affected

grants and to apply a proportional flat rate

correction proposed by the European

Commission. If after 90 days the

beneficiary does not send its comments,

does not send an alternative properly

documented flat rate correction, or the

alternative flat rate is not accepted, the

European Commission will inform the

beneficiary that it will apply the flat rate

The consequences of the findings are

presented in Art. II.23.9 [14] described

immediately above.

The extrapolation procedure is not

included in the grant agreement, being

mentioned only in the FP7 Guide to

Financial Issues [10, p. 98]. It is noted that

the Horizon 2020 grant agreement refers

to this procedure.

Art. II.24 refers to liquidated damages as

these may be requested by the European

Commission, and Art. II.25 refers to

penalties for breach of obligations of the

grant agreement.

Page 93: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

93

Description Horizon 2020 (2014-2020) FP7 (2007-2013)

Audit

Certificate on

financial

statements

According to the Art. 20. 4 (b) (ii) [15],

there is a single audit certificate

accompanying the final financial statement

for each beneficiary requesting a grant of

€325,000 or more if actual costs or unit

costs (calculated in accordance with

accounting practices of the beneficiary)

are reimbursed.

Art. II.4.4 [14] identifies the need for an

audit certificate for the financial

statements on applications for payment

(interim, final) if the requested amount

plus the amounts in prior payments, for

which no audit certificates on financial

statements were required, is €375,000 or

more. For projects lasting two years or less

than two years, if the requested amount

plus the amount of the previous payments

is €375,000 or more, only one audit

certificate for the financial statements

accompanying the request for final

payment is necessary.

Interest on

pre-financing

There is no reference to this issue

therefore interest on pre-financing is no

longer due to the EU in accordance with

Regulation 966/2012, Art. 8.4 [15] and its

implementing rules.

Art. II.19.2 [14] has undergone a change

during FP7 stating that interest on pre-

financing is no longer due according to the

EU Regulation 966/2012 (Art. 8.4) [1] and

its implementing rules. Also Art. II.6.5

[14] is abolished as a dedicated interest

bearing bank account for pre-financing is

no longer required. The revised FP7 Guide

to financial issues states that the new rule

for interest on pre-financing shall apply as

of 01.01.2013 for all ongoing and new

grants [10, p. 92].

6. CONCLUSIONS ON THE LEGAL BASIS FOR THE AUDIT OF EU FUNDS

The research conclusions regarding the legislative provisions that are relevant to the audit of EU

funds can be highlighted by analysing the formulated working hypotheses.

Hypothesis 1: The evolution of the legal basis for the audit provisions of European funds aimed

at simplifying rules and requirements in order to reduce the administrative burden for the

beneficiaries of funding and for the monitoring and control bodies – confirmed.

A first step towards simplification is the reduction of the number of funding programmes in the

EU policies. An example is the merging of programmes for research and innovation for 2014-

2020 period. This merging leads to synergies as presented in [2], to a set of common rules, i.e. to

a common audit strategy. Also, a synergy has been established between the agricultural and

environment funding in the area of direct payments for agriculture, by Regulation 1307/2013 [7]

which provides payments for good environmental practices up to 30% of direct payments at

national level according to Art. 47 [7]. The merging approach is also valid for the structural

funds, where for the 2014-2020 period, investment funds were added and the common provisions

(Regulation 1303/2013 [4]) cover five funds compared to three funds in the 2007-2013 period,

by including funds for rural development and fishing in addition to the regional development

fund, social fund and cohesion fund.

Simplified cost options were mainly inserted for structural and investment funds through unit

costs, flat rates and lump sums. In the research programmes the mandatory flat rate for indirect

costs was foreseen for the 2014-2020 period. This approach leads to a simple calculation for

indirect costs and it will substantially reduce the errors. The actual indirect costs involve

Page 94: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

94

complicated methods of calculation that could lead to errors, making the work difficult for

beneficiaries and auditors. The trend on simplification within the research programmes also

existed in the 2007-2013 period, for instance the European Commission proposed a simplified

method for calculating actual indirect costs. Even this simplified method that was described in

the FP7 Guide to Financial Issues [10, p 70] was subjected to errors. The simplified method is a

way of calculating the actual indirect costs, which applies to organisations that do not identify

indirect costs at a detailed level (centre, department), but they may identify indirect costs across

the organisation (at the organisation level). It is a system that can be used if the organisation does

not have an accounting system with a detailed allocation of costs and must allow the allocation

of a part of the total indirect costs across the organisation to the individual projects by using an

inductor of cost, also called a cost driver (e.g. total productive hours or total personnel costs).

Indirect costs account for a total at the whole organisation level as indirect costs cannot be

distinguished on activities, departments or cost centres. For example, the cost driver is used to

calculate the relevant rate through dividing the total indirect costs by the total number of

productive hours for all staff (it is the total number of hours for all activities not only the specific

hours for research) or by the total cost of staff. Also, the beneficiary must be able to justify the

total amount of indirect costs, the total productive hours, or the total amount of personnel costs.

Within the audit practice, many errors were also encountered regarding the indirect costs

simplified method while the flat rate method is less prone to errors.

It is to be noted that simplification initiatives took place during the course of the programmes.

Thus, for the research area, provisions for average personnel costs and flat rates for owners of

SMEs or individuals who do not receive salaries, were entered into force retroactively through

the European Commission decision C (2011) 174 [9]. Since 01.01.2013, the interest on pre-

financing should no longer be reported and paid to the European Commission under Art. 8.4 of

Regulation 966/2012.

An interesting case is the eligibility of VAT. In fact the main reason why VAT (recoverable or

not) would not be eligible is that the funding of VAT from EU funds would subsidize the

national budget of Member States, instead of financing projects to fulfil the objectives of EU

policies [17, p. 19]. In the Regulation 478/2007 [16] which amends Regulation 2342/2002

implementing the Financial Regulation 1605/2002 (later repealed by Regulation 966/2012 [1]) a

provision was inserted in Art. 172a 2.c, stating that the Authorising officer may consider eligible

the VAT that cannot be recovered by the beneficiary of the grant. Despite of this provision of

2007 that was subsequently included in Art. 126.3.c of the Regulation 966/2012 [1], for the

2007-2013 research programme, the VAT was deemed ineligible, no matter if VAT could be

recovered or not by the beneficiary of the EU research funding. In the 2014-2020 research

programme the non-recoverable VAT became eligible. Similarly, the operational programmes

financed from structural funds in Romania in the period 2007-2013, Art. 12.a of H. G. 759/2007

[5] initially provided that VAT is not eligible (with no reference to irrecoverable VAT) and later

by H. G. 1135/2011 [6], Art. 12.a the H. G. 759/2007 is amended by specifying that only

deductible VAT is not eligible. For the period 2014-2020 the general rule which applies to all

EU funds is to consider as eligible non-recoverable VAT, with limited exceptions for

programmes under the Structural and Investment Funds in the area of internal affairs (home

affairs) and within the mechanism for interconnection of Europe (MIE) (Connecting Europe

Facilities - CEF) as shown in the European Commission's Communication COM (2014) 114 [18,

p. 8].

As a conclusion on simplification of rules and legal requirements, we may underline that this

approach leads to a reduction of error rates in EU-funded projects, according to the opinion of

the European Court of Auditors [18, p. 7-8].

Page 95: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

95

Hypothesis 2: The changes during the legal basis of a framework programme have positive

consequences for the grant beneficiaries, for the monitoring and control bodies and for project

implementation in general - partially confirmed

In general, the changes arising within the legal framework of a programme are aimed to simplify

the rules and requirements of the European funds and are beneficial for the beneficiaries. The

FP7 Guide to Financial Issues [10, p. 2] stated that the changes on reducing payment deadlines

for financing, on the abolition of duties on opening an interest bearing bank account and on the

payment of the interest generated by pre-financing to the EU, comply with the Financial

Regulation 966/2012 [1]. The same can be said about the retrospective application of changes

related to average personnel costs and funding based on flat rates for owners of SMEs and

individuals who do not receive wages according to the Commission Decision C (2011) 174 [9]

which was beneficial from the point of view of the beneficiaries. However, retrospective

application throughout the seventh research programme laid open issues for audits that were at

advanced stages of development of audit reports, where all proposed adjustments for costs

needed to be revised in order to comply with the new rules. However, for subsequent audits that

are considering the changes to simplify the rules and requirements of the EU funds, the audit

work also becomes simpler and error rates should be lower.

However, in the situation when some type of cost becomes eligible during the course of a

programme, there is a problem of insufficient budget that was initially allocated for the projects

funded within the programme, which should be supplemented in order to make the payments to

the beneficiaries of funding.

Hypothesis 3: The legal framework for European funds aimed at reducing the audit pressure on

the beneficiaries of EU funding - confirmed

It can be seen that reducing the burden of auditing starts right at the time of the request for

funding by imposing a threshold of €750,000 for the requested funding, above which there is a

need for an audit report issued by an external auditor certifying the financial situation of the

applicant for last financial year in accordance with Art. 196 of the Commission delegated

Regulation 1268/2012 [3] on rules for implementing Regulation 966/2012 [1, p. 250]. In the

research area, audit certificates of payments are required only for funding exceeding €325,000

according to Art. 207.3.a the European Commission Delegated Regulation 1268/2012 [3] on

rules for implementing Regulation 966/2012 [1, p. 258].

Further examples of reducing the audit pressure, are to be found in Art. 148.1 of the Regulation

1303/2013 [4] - common provisions for the Structural Funds. Thus, the Art.148.1 provides for

not more than one audit until the completion of the action funded for eligible costs not

exceeding:

€200,000 for regional development funds and cohesion fund,

€150,000 social fund and fund

€100,000 for maritime and fishing funds.

These thresholds comply with the principle of proportionality. Also, the paragraph 43 of the

preamble of Regulation 1303/2013 [4] states the reducing of administrative burden on

beneficiaries by performing audits mainly on managing authorities and less audits on final

beneficiaries. However, the reducing of the audit burden on beneficiaries of EU funding is

sometimes too high, as highlighted by a critical position of the European Commission regarding

the size of the non-statistical sample of only 5% of transactions for which costs have been

declared by the European Commission in a financial year. This percentage was laid down by Art.

127 of Regulation 1303/2013 [4] adopted by the European Parliament together with the Council.

Page 96: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

96

In a document [19], including statements relating to Regulation (EU) no. 1303/2013, the

European Commission states that non-statistical sample size cannot be smaller than 10%,

because it is not sufficiently representative and may lead to poor audit assurance.

In the agricultural area the checks performed tend to reduce the interaction with beneficiaries by

using methods such as:

verification of land through Satellite,

examination of transactions,

data verification from records and databases,

cross-checks on information from various sources.

For research programmes the reduction of the audit burden is performed at both ex-ante and ex-

post level compared to the moment when a payment is made to a beneficiary. Thus, at the ex-

ante level, the rules enable beneficiaries to apply for certificates on the methodology they use in

the management of EU funding, and if such certificate is approved by the European

Commission, the audit procedures are reduced accordingly. Also, for the period 2014-2020 of

the research programme a single audit certificate is required at the final payment, only if the

financing exceeds €325,000. At the ex-post, it is observed that the 2014-2020 research

programme reduces the time interval in which an audit can be launched from 5 years after the

end of the project within the 2007-2013 programme to 2 years after final payment for 2014 –

2020 research programme. It is expected that a rate of up to 7% of the beneficiaries of Horizon

2020 (2014 – 2020 research programme) to be audited, actually covering a larger percentage of

the programme budget because the selection using sampling in monetary units, leads to the

choice of many projects with big budgets [20, p.3].

Hypothesis 4: The legal basis for EU funds is elaborated by considering how the management of

these funds can be shared with the EU member states, or directly carried out by the European

Commission - confirmed

If the EU funds management is shared with the EU Member States it is to be noted that the legal

basis comprising basic legislative acts, legislation implementing delegated acts issued by the

European Commission and the laws adopted by Member States is much more elaborate, with

clear information on the thresholds, exceptions to rules and options. Basically, the audit strategy

is included in these acts which provide clarifications regarding the choice of sample for detailed

control and audit procedures or relatively complex statistical or risk basis, as for example in the

funds for agriculture. These provisions contain technical details to enable Member States to

develop appropriate rules, under EU law. However, Member States may apply the provisions of

the European regulations in a flexible manner by choosing the appropriate financing schemes

that lead to achieving the objectives of EU policies. Shared management involves greater risk

than direct management and therefore we can say that there is a prevailing emphasis on ex-ante

controls. The legal basis provides for the establishment of specific bodies with the role of

management and control subject to system audits on their proper functioning. There is a

tendency of expanding the forms of funding based on unit costs, lump sums and flat rates, which

are more manageable, they ease the administrative burden for beneficiaries and they greatly

simplify the controls and audits, leading to the assurance that European funds management is

conducted in terms of economy, efficiency and effectiveness. In general, the rules laid down by

Member States under the EU regulations are stricter for funds with detailed specifications

regarding the categories of eligible costs.

For the research programmes managed directly by the European Commission, it is to be noted

that legislation adopted by the European institutions does not contain detailed references on audit

strategy, which is subsequently developed by the European Commission and the emphasis is on

Page 97: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

97

ex-post audits conducted on a representative sample. European Court of Auditors noted this in

the Special Report 2/2013 on the effectiveness of implementing the 7th Framework Programme

(2007-2013) for research, stating that the reduction of ex-ante controls aimed at alleviating the

burden on beneficiaries regarding the provision of evidence before the payments [21, p. 42].

Also in this report, there is a comparison with the management conducted by national funding

agencies who carry out more ex-ante checks, although in this case the checks require a large staff

and they put pressure on beneficiaries. To reduce the pressure on the beneficiaries, some national

agencies use ex-ante controls that are focused on beneficiaries with high level of risk, in order to

alleviate the burden for beneficiaries with low risk. One can notice that in the direct management

of research programmes the actual costs model prevails. Only in the new 2014-2020 programme,

the mandatory use of 25% flat rate for indirect costs was foreseen, but the main cost model for

direct costs remains the actual cost. If regulations for the research programme are not so much

developed as those for structural funds and agriculture, this is due to the trend of simplification.

In the document Rules of Horizon 2020 [20] it is specified that the legal basis was presented as a

unique regulation for research and innovation for simplification purposes in these fields and

there is a single regulation regarding participation, which also covers the requirements on

eligibility of costs. One can also notice a highly elaborated model grant agreement for the 2014-

2020 research programme compared to the previous research programme, which includes

numerous details and explanations. Some of these details and explanations were only present in

the FP7 Guide to Financial Issues for the 2007-2013 programme, but they were not part of the

grant agreement, which actually is the legal basis for the funding. The model grant agreement for

the 2014-2020 research programme seeks to provide more accurate information to beneficiaries

about the consequences of non-compliances, regarding the obligations and regarding eligibility

requirements, which are listed immediately after each article of the grant agreement, where

appropriate.

REFERENCES 1. Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the Union and its rules of application -

Synoptic presentation and a selection of legal texts relevant to the budget, Luxembourg, Publications

Office of the European Union, March 2014, ISBN 978-92-79-34999-7

2. Enabling synergies between European Structural and Investment Funds, Horizon 2020 and other

research, innovation and competitiveness-related Union programmes Luxembourg, Publications

Office of the European Union, 2014, ISBN : 978-92-79-38599-5

3. Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1268/2012 of 29 October 2012 on the rules of

application of Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012 of the European Parliament and of the

Council on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union http://eur-

lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32012R1268&from=EN

4. Regulation (EU) no 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council laying down common

provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion

Fund, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development and the European Maritime and

Fisheries Fund and laying down general provisions on the European Regional Development Fund,

the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund and

repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006 - available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32013R1303&from=EN

5. Hotărârea de Guvern nr. 759 din 11/07/2007 publicată în Monitorul Oficial, Partea I nr. 517 din

01/08/2007 privind regulile de eligibilitate a cheltuielilor efectuate în cadrul operaţiunilor finanţate

prin programele operaţionale- available online at http://www.fonduri-

ue.ro/res/filepicker_users/cd25a597fd-

62/utile/Reguli_eligibilitate_cheltuieli/Reguli_generale_eligibilitate/4_H.G.nr_759_2007.pdf

6. Hotărârea de Guvern nr. 1135/2011 din 9 noiembrie 2011 pentru modificarea si completarea

Hotărârii Guvernului nr. 759/2007 privind regulile de eligibilitate a cheltuielilor efectuate în cadrul

operațiunilor finanțate prin programele operaționale; ordinele 204/2011, 33/2012, 574/2013

privitoare la eligibilitatea TVA nedeductibilă- available online at http://www.fonduri-ue.ro/reguli-

de-eligibilitate-a-cheltuielilor/reguli-generale

Page 98: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

98

7. Regulation (EU) no. 1307/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013

establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the

common agricultural policy and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 637/2008 and Council

Regulation (EC) No 73/2009 - available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32013R1307&from=en

8. Regulation (EC) no. 1906/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006

laying down the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities in

actions under the Seventh Framework Programme and for the dissemination of research results

(2007-2013) - available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32006R1906&from=EN

9. Commission Decision of 24 January 2011 (C(2011) 174) on three measures for simplifying the

implementation of Decision No 1982/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and

Council Decision No 970/2006/Euratom and amending Decisions C(2007) 1509 and C(2007) 1625 -

available online at http://ec.europa.eu/research/fp7/pdf/c-2011-174-final_en.pdf

10. Guide to Financial Issues relating to FP7 Indirect Actions - available online at

http://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/fp7/89556/financial_guidelines_en.pdf

11. C(2009) 4459 final - Commission Decision establishing a flat rate of indirect costs referred to in

Article 32(5) of Regulation (EC) No 1906/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council and

Article 31(5) of Council Regulation (Euratom) No 1908/2006 and amending Decision C(2007)1509

as concerns the model agreement for grants under the Seventh Framework Programmes of the

European Community (2007-2013) and the European Atomic Energy Community (2007-2011) -

available online at http://www.eua.be/fileadmin/user_upload/files/Newsletter_new/Decision-C-

2009-4459-final-EN.pdf

12. Regulation (EU) No 1291/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013

establishing Horizon 2020 - the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2014-2020)

and repealing Decision No 1982/2006/EC - available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32013R1291&from=EN

13. Regulation (EU) No 1290/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013

laying down the rules for participation and dissemination in "Horizon 2020 - the Framework

Programme for Research and Innovation (2014-2020)" and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1906/2006

- available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32013

R1290&from=EN

14. FP7 Grant Agreement - Annex II General Conditions - available online at

http://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/fp7/93289/fp7-ga-annex2_en.pdf

15. Horizon 2020 General model grant agreement - available online at

http://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/mga/gga/h2020-mga-gga-multi_en.pdf

16. Commission Regulation (EC, EURATOM) No 478/2007 of 23 April 2007 amending Regulation

(EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council

Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general

budget of the European Communities - available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32007R0478&qid=1426567309914&from=EN

17. COM(2012) 531 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the

European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - First Simplification

Scoreboard for the MFF 2014-2020 - available online at http://eur-

lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=COM:2012:0531:FIN:en:PDF

18. COM(2014) 114 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the

European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - First Simplification

Scoreboard for the MFF 2014-2020 - available online at

http://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regdoc/rep/1/2014/EN/1-2014-114-EN-F1-1.Pdf

19. Statements relating to Regulation (EU) No 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

of 17 December 2013 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development

Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural

Development and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund and laying down general provisions on

the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund and the

European Maritime and Fisheries Fund and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006 -

available online at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:C:2013:375:0002:

004:EN:PDF

Page 99: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

99

20. Factsheet: Rules under Horizon 2020 (Fișă: Reguli în Orizont 2020) - available online at

http://ec.europa.eu/research/horizon2020/pdf/press/fact_sheet_on_rules_under_horizon_2020.pdf

21. European Court of Auditors – Special report 2/2013 - Has the Commission ensured efficient

implementation of the seventh framework programme for research? - available online at

http://www.eca.europa.eu/Lists/ECADocuments/SR13_02/SR13_02_EN.PDF

Page 100: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

100

UN(MODIFIED) AUDIT REPORTS AND THE APPLICATION

OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS – EVIDENCE FROM

THE AERO SEGMENT OF THE BUCHAREST STOCK

EXCHANGE

Costel ISTRATE

Alexandru Ioan Cuza University of Iasi, Romania

Ioan Bogdan ROBU

Alexandru Ioan Cuza University of Iasi, Romania

Abstract

We propose the analysis of the audit reports and the identification of the main reasons for which the

financial investors provide modified opinion or emphasize some aspects in the case of the companies

listed on the financial market. We obtained the audit reports from the websites of the companies that are

listed on the AeRo segment of the Bucharest Stock Exchange (BSE) or from the website of the stock

exchange and we selected the justifications of the modified opinions, as well as the issues that the auditor

emphasized. Of the 1255 observations, we identify the auditor for 565 observations and, of them, we only

had 448 reports to analyze. 11% of the reports are signed by Big 4 auditors. Approximately 20% of the

reports are qualified, the main justification being assigned to the impairment of the receivables, and

generally, by the manner in which the companies made the inventory. The going concern is also a usual

explanation for the qualified opinions. Regarding the auditor’s observations (other aspects), the most

frequent cause is also given by going concern issues. As far as we know, there has yet been no studies on

the justifications introduced by the auditors in the audit reports, on the case of the Romanian companies

listed on the AeRo segment of the BSE. The classification of the qualified opinions’ source and the

observations in the auditing report may allow analyses regarding the optimization of the companies’ and

auditors’ activity, as well as the sharpening of a company profile that does not really meet the accounting

standards.

Keywords: auditing report, AeRo listed companies, qualified opinion, other aspects in the auditors’

opinion

JEL Classification: M41, M42

1. INTRODUCTION

The auditing opinion comes to increase the trust the users have in the financial statements of the

listed companies. The auditing opinions can go from unqualified opinions, to the contrary

opinion, passing through the intermediate variants of the unqualified opinions, though

emphasizing some aspects of the qualified opinion or of the disclaimer of opinion. Tahinalis &

Samarinas (2016) notice that, in the case of listed companies, the market will ascribe informative

value both to the unqualified opinions, as well as to the modified opinions, through the

connection made with variables such as the size of the audited company or its difficult financial

situation.

Researches in the case of the audit opinions may regard numerous aspects. We will present a

descriptive analysis of the justifications that were published by the auditors in the audit reports

with modified opinion, issued for the companies listed on the AeRo segment of the BSE.

Page 101: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

101

According to the accounting standard corresponding to 2010-2014 (OMPF 3055/2009), the

intervention of the financial auditor was mandatory in the case of the companies that overpassed

two of the three size criteria (3.650.000 EUR total assets, 7.300.000 EUR turnover and 50

employees). As well, the object of the financial auditing was also represented by the financial

statements of the public entities defined by the accounting law. The list of this public interest

societies is long and includes: societies whose securities are admitted for transactions on a

regulated market (such as, nowadays, the Standard and Premium segments of the BSE); the

credit institutions; the non-banking financial companies, insurance and reinsurance; the private

pension funds, the optional pension funds and their administrators; the financial investment

services companies, the investment administration companies, the collective placement

organizations, the main depositories, the clearing houses, third central parties and the

authorized/approved market/system operators by the Romanian Securities and Exchange

Commission (ASF – Autoritatea de Supraveghere Financiară); national societies/companies;

totally or partially state owned companies (irrespective of the juridical form). In the case of the

Romanian companies, the analyses were exclusively made on the data that the listed companies

on the regulated BSE market reported. Thus, Gajevsky (2014) provides an analysis of the

relation between the auditor’s opinion and the earnings management and concludes that the

probability of the earnings management existence is diminished by the issuance of qualified

opinion and the auditing of a Big 4 member. Moreover, Robu & Robu (2015) analyze the

influence of the auditing opinion on the financial information relevance and notice that, for

example, the stock exchange is influenced by the reported net income of the companies for

which the auditing reports were unqualified. In the same context, Păunescu (2015) analyzes the

audit reports of the listed companies on the regulated BSE market (around 80 reports/year

between 2011 and 2014) and, after the identification of three auditors categories (Big 4, other

international companies and local auditors), notices that it is more probable that a small, local

auditor, to issue an auditing report that would not totally meet the ISA requirements (including

the ones that do not generate any additional costs).

As far as we know, the study we propose is the first that focuses on the auditing reports of the

companies that are listed on the AeRo segment of the BSE.

2. SAMPLE AND METHODOLOGY

The data we describe in this paper also originate in the Romanian listed companies in the AeRo

segment of the BSE. This segment was launched in 2015 and took over a significant part of the

companies that were previously listed on the RASDAQ. Though, from more than 800 RASDAQ

listed companies, more than 270 ended up on the AeRo. As well, some of the companies (few of

them) were listed on this segment of the financial market for the first time. The corresponding

financial and non-financial data of the AeRo companies were manually collected from:

- the financial statements on the BSE website (Financial Information field from the

corresponding link of each company, as well as from the annual report that was issued on the

same location;

- the annual financial reports/statements that were identified on the own websites of companies;

- annual reports posted on the website of an intermediate from the financial market

(tradeville.eu);

- the admission prospects of the AeRo market.

We limited ourselves to the 2010-2014 period, from data availability reasons, as well as due to

the fact that starting with 2010, and even until 2014, the OPFM 3055.2009 had been applied,

which makes the provided information to be unitary and comparable, from the accounting

Page 102: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

102

standards perspective. Another argument is that, until the time of the issuance of this paper, we

could merely identify the data from 2015 for a low number of companies.

We must mention that, compared to the companies listed on the regulated market, most of the

companies listed on the AeRo do not pay much attention to the issuance of the financial

information on their own websites: some of them issue nothing, some of the only provide

minimal data. This behavioral difference can have more explanations: either the companies are

not very interested in the financial transparency, either they have shareholders (eventually, main

ones) which meet their information needs straight from the source, either the pressures of the

users are insignificant regarding the issuance of more information.

Regarding the subject of this paper – the audit reports – things are a little more complicated.

Considering that the AeRo listed companies use the Romanian accounting standards (and not the

IFRS, like the ones on the regulated market), in many cases, the only available information is

represented by the financial situations set that is mandatory completed in order to place it to the

tax authority. These documents include the balance sheet, the profit and loss account and some

informative data, without details. Moreover, many AeRo listed companies in 2015 did not have

an auditor for the financial statements until 2014. For the 2013 and 2014 exercises, this can be

easily verified from the financial statements’ form placed at the tax authority, because, on the

first page, the name of the auditor must be also written. Where nothing is written, we can

suppose that no auditor has been involved. On another side, considering the size of the AeRo

listed companies, some of them understood that they could have been fulfilled with the

verification of the annual financial statements by the censors.

In Table 1, we have gathered the main elements that define the sample of the study.

Table no.1 – Observations regarding the auditors of the companies listed on the AeRo segment of

the BSE

Year

Number of

available

observations

Number of

observations

with an explicit

declared auditor

Number of

observations for

which we have

an audit report

Number of

observation with

an internal

auditor report

Number of

observations for

which we did not

identify neither the

external or internal

auditor

N % N % N % N %

2010 181 30 16.57 29 16.02 4 2.21 147 81.22

2011 256 68 26.56 55 21.48 12 4.69 176 68.75

2012 263 86 32.70 69 26.24 14 5.32 163 61.98

2013 278 168 60.43 99 35.61 32 11.51 78 28.06

2014 277 213 76.90 196 70.76 38 13.72 26 9.39

Total 1,255 565 45.02 448 35.70 100 7.97 590 47.01

The number of observations is lower in 2010 - we haven’t found auditing reports in the above

described sources. The best situation is in 2014, with almost complete information for the

companies in the sample. The percentage of the observations for which we have found explicit

auditing reports is just 35.70% (less than 70% in 2014), which does not really allow us to

generalize the eventual conclusions. Though, we hope that the high number of auditing reports

available in 2014 will allow us to appreciate that the explanations can be available for the whole

period considered in the study.

Page 103: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

103

3. FINDINGS ON THE OPINIONS IN THE AUDIT REPORTS OF THE AERO LISTED

COMPANIES’ FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The publically issued audit report, designed for the users of the financial statements has a form

which includes standard phrases, according to the specific regulation. The main information

found in this phrases regard the (IAASB, 2015, pp. 728-733):

- the identification of the audited entity, the fact that it regards the individual or consolidated

financial statements, as well as the financial year the respective financial statements consider;

- the content of the audited financial statements – there are statements where the auditor

explicitly claims that there was no way he could audit some components;

- who assumes the responsibility for the issue of the financial statements;

- the auditor’s responsibility;

-eventually, several significant financial indicators for the description of the audited company;

-the accounting standards applied by the company (in our case, the Romanian standards in force

for the analyzed period – OPFM 3055/2009);

-a short description of the auditing process;

-an assertion according to which the audit evidence is sufficient and adequate in order to

formulate the opinion;

-the audit opinion (unqualified, qualified or contrary opinion) or the disclaimer of opinion;

-if there is a qualified opinion, a contrary opinion or the disclaimer of opinion, the justification of

the auditor’s opinion;

-eventually, the introduction of an paragraph in order to emphasize some aspects – so that these

observations would not change the opinion in any manner;

- theusers of the auditing report;

-elements regarding the compliance of the annual report with the financial statements;

-the name of the auditor that signs the report, and, eventually, the affiliation to an auditing

company;

-the signing date and place of the auditing report.

The auditors can surely add another information and explanations they consider useful and

relevant to investors. We must also consider the fact that the auditing standards evolve and,

alongside, the form of the auditing report can be completed.

3.1. Big 4 vs Non-Big 4 auditors

In the literature regarding the audit, the difference is frequently made between the auditors

affiliated to the big four auditing and consultancy companies (Big 4, still B4) and the ones that

are not affiliated to this companies (non-Big 4 – still nB4). This difference represents an

evaluation criterion of the auditing process quality (Persakis&Iatridis, 2016), though the quality

can also come from other features (the type of opinion, the auditor’s rotation, the joint audit, the

emphasizing of some earnings management attempts, the client’s features etc).

Moreover,Comprix& Huang (2015) conclude that there is no convincing evidence regarding the

fact that the auditing reports issued by small auditing companies would have a lower quality than

the ones of the Big4, though it is noticed that in the case of such audited companies, there is a

higher level of the earnings management by using the accruals.

In Table 2, we present the data regarding the auditors category that work for the AeRo listed

companies.

Page 104: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

104

Table no. 2 – The affiliation or non-affiliation to the Big4 of the AeRo listed companies’ auditors

Year

Number of companies

with explicitly declared

auditor - total

Of which

B4auditors nB4 Auditors

N % N %

2010 30 4 13.33 26 86.67

2011 68 7 10.29 61 89.71

2012 86 9 10.47 77 89.53

2013 168 21 12.50 147 87.50

2014 213 22 10.33 191 89.67

Total 565 63 11.15 502 88.85

The share of the nB4 auditors (most of them, local auditors) is predominant in the total of the

available observations and, if in the first year of the sample, the observations are less numerous,

we can benchmark the 2014 exercise, for which we have almost complete data –we can see that

the percentage has not really changed in the five observed years.

3.2. Types of opinion expressed by the AeRo listed companies’ auditors

The auditor’s mission is to verify the manner in which the companies meet the accounting

standards when elaborating and disclose the financial statements. The auditor surely does not

rebuild the financial statements, he only verifies, frequently using the survey, how the companies

applied the procedures and if those procedures were set according to the accounting standard.

The abstract of the opinion types expressed in the 448 reports we have found, regarding the

AeRo listed companies are displayed in table 3.

Table no. 3 – Opinion types of the AeRo listed companies’ auditors

Year

Observati

ons with

audit

report

Unqualified

Unqualified

with issues

emphases

Qualified

(sometimes

with

observations)

Disclaimer of

opinion (and with

observations)

N % N % N % N %

2010 29 17 58.62 8 27.59 4 13.79 - -

2011 55 35 63.64 11 20.00 9 16.36 - -

2012 69 44 63.77 12 17.39 13 18.84 - -

2013 99 56 56.57 22 22.22 20 20.20 1 1.01

2014 196 92 46.94 52 26.53 50 25.51 2 1.02

Total 448 244 54.46 105 23.44 96 21.43 3 0.67

3.3. The justification of the qualified opinions in the auditing reports of the AeRo listed

companies

According to the ISA 705 (IAASB, 2015, p.737), the auditor expresses a qualified opinion when

he concludes that “the changes, either individual or cumulated ones, are significant, but not

critical, for the financial statements or (…) he cannot reach sufficient and adequate audit

evidence in order to underlie his opinion, concluding that the possible effects of the unidentified

modifications on the financial statements, if they exist, could be significant but not critical”. A

qualified opinion is considered to be a clear proof of the auditor’s independence (Garcia-Blandon

&Argiles, 2015).

Of the 96 reports where the auditor’s opinion is qualified (see table no. 3), we selected the main

justifications brought by the auditors in order to explain their opinion. In table 4, we summarized

and ranked the main reasons for which the AeRo listed companies have been given a qualified

opinion between 2010 and 2014.

Page 105: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

105

Table no. 4 – Elements for the justification of the qualified opinion in the audit reports of the AeRo

listed companies, 2010-2014

Explanation Frequency Percentage

(%)

Receivables depreciation 33 18.44

Inventory 24 13.41

Tangible assets impairment 17 9.50

Financial assets impairment 17 9.50

The going concern issues 15 8.38

The existence of litigations that could significantly affect the

company’s financial statement 11 6.15

Inventory depreciation 9 5.03

Revaluation of tangible assets 8 4.47

Inventory evaluation 7 3.91

Assets recognition 6 3.35

The matching principle 5 2.79

Relations with affiliated individuals 4 2.23

Debts’ ranking 3 1.68

Internal procedures 3 1.68

Internal audit management 2 1.12

Accounting errors 2 1.12

Disclosure of charges 2 1.12

Fiscal problems 2 1.12

The equity content 1 0.56

Assets’ content 1 0.56

The distribution of the reevaluation reserve 1 0.56

Events after the closing date 1 0.56

Short term financial investments’ depreciation 1 0.56

Grants accounting 1 0.56

Lack of financial statements’ components 1 0.56

Procedures’ documentation 1 0.56

Other provisions 1 0.56

Total 179 100.00

From table 4, we can see that the main source of modifications that can have significant but no

critical effects on the financial statements is represented by the receivables’ depreciation: from

the auditors’ perspective, companies were not convincing enough regarding the manner in which

they have established the probable value of the receivables and, if it was lower than the nominal

value, they haven’t recognized adjustments for the depreciation at the auditors’ expectation.

Otherwise, in the case of the receivables’ depreciation we add the depreciation of other balance

sheet elements (tangible assets, financial assets, stocks and short term investments), we reach 77

appearances, which represent 43% of the total explanations.

From the accounting perspective, the notice of the depreciation is usually made during the

inventory. Sometimes, the auditor did not take part in the inventory (being, for example, named

after the inventory) and he could not either reach sufficient auditing evidence which could allow

him to confirm that the inventory was made according to the standards, or he even noticed that

the inventory requirements were not really met. Considering that the inventory is the second

reserve source (24 apparitions) and that many of the other elements have a less or more direct

Page 106: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

106

relation with the inventory (provisions, the identification and approach of some litigations,

assets’ revaluation), we can say that, in fact, most of the reserves expressed by the auditors in the

sample we selected represent the result of the inventory procedure, in a different manner

compared to the one the auditor considers complete.

A significant place (15 observations) is taken by the auditors’ estimations regarding the going

concern. Usually, in the notes, the leading staff of the company expresses its opinion regarding

the meeting or not of the activity continuity principle by the company. The administrators of the

companies are always optimistic and do not doubt the meeting of this principle, irrespective if

the company goes through hard times or not (negative equity, recent systemic losses, insolvency

status declared in court).

The auditor comes with his own opinion and the analysis he makes based on the calculated

indicators for the company can lead him to the conclusion that there is evidence suggesting the

existence of significant difficulties that put doubt on the company’s ability to continue its

activity.

A last statistic regarding the 96 reserves expressed in the analyzed audit reports: we noticed that

the average share of the B4 auditors in the sample is approximately 11%. Of the 96 qualified

reports, 23 originate in B4 auditors. This represents 23.6%, namely a higher percentage over

their share in the total sample. Would it be a proof of the fact that the B4 auditors are more

exigent or that the company they audit have more complex and harder to reflect activities in the

financial statements?

3.4. Observations that complete the auditing opinion

We used the “observations” concept as it is short and fits the tables better, but the official

concept in the auditing standards is the “emphasizing of some aspects”. According to the

auditing standards (IAASB, 2015, pp. 764), “if the auditor considers necessarily to spark the

interest over an issue presented or described in the financial statements, which, according to the

auditor’s thinking is so important that it is fundamental for the users’ understanding of the

financial statements, the auditor must include a emphasizing paragraph of some aspects in the

report (…)”.

In our sample, we identified 105 unqualified reports, but with an observation paragraph. There

are also observations made by the auditors in the qualified reports: in 44 cases, the reserve comes

with other aspects. Observations also appear in one of the situations where the auditor cannot

express his opinion. We thus have, a total of 150 reports from which it is interesting to extract

the aspects the auditor considers “fundamental for the users’ understanding of the financial

statements”. In table 5, we summarized the elements that represent the subject of the “other

aspects” paragraph in the audit report.

Table no. 5 – The main arguments for which the auditor includes, in the audit report, a paragraph

regarding other aspects, AeRo 2010-2014

Justifications of the “Other aspects” paragraph Frequency Percentage (%)

Going concern 73 30.17

Litigations 21 8.68

Affiliated 19 7.85

Taxation 18 7.44

Internal audit and control 14 5.79

Receivables’ depreciation 14 5.79

Page 107: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

107

Justifications of the “Other aspects” paragraph Frequency Percentage (%)

The exposure on one activity 13 5.37

Inventory 12 4.96

The non-auditing of some financial statements’ components 9 3.72

Revaluation 9 3.72

Consolidation 7 2.89

Stocks depreciation 7 2.89

Other provisions 4 1.65

Financial assets depreciation 4 1.65

Tangible assets 3 1.24

Transactions’ opportunity 3 1.24

Share capital adequacy 2 0.83

Documents 2 0.83

Incomes recognition 2 0.83

Other auditor 1 0.41

Errors 1 0.41

Evaluation 1 0.41

Incomplete notes 1 0.41

Comparability 1 0.41

Assets’ recognition 1 0.41

Total 242 100.00

No wonder that the reference to the going concern represents the most significant aspect on

which auditors focus in the auditing report. Negative equity (9 situations), the insolvency (13

situations), on the limit financial indicators, justify the auditor’s concern of informing the users

regarding the risks of the company’s activity continuity. Vichitsarawong&Pornupatham (2015)

cite Francis (2004) which identifies, in the case of the USA, two main auditing opinion types:

unqualified, on one hand, and with the emphasizing of the aspects regarding the going concern

on the other hand. As for the going concern, previous research revealed that, for example, in the

case of the companies going through hardship, the persistence of the loses, the classification of

the audited company in the category of the small companies, and also the auditor’s affiliation to

a small company are factors that increase the probability of expressing, in the audit report, of

concerns regarding the continuity of the activity (Gallizo&Saladrigues, 2016). An opinion that

includes an explicit reference to continuity can classify an auditing report as being more

qualitative (Lamoreaux, 2016); this opinion type can also be influenced by the quality control

that is made on the auditors by the professional organization. The opinion on continuity can be

also influenced by the auditors’ rotation. In the literature, we find articles that appreciate that it is

less probable for the auditor to mention the continuity of the activity, thus the rotation of the

auditors is not certainly a warranty of thequality of the audit (Corbella et al., 2015).

In fact, if we consider the share of the reports regarding the continuity from the total number of

the reports, we reach a percentage of 16.29% (73/448). Lamoreaux (2016) provides data from

which we deduce that, on a sample of approximately 10,000 observations regarding the foreign

companies listed in the USA, the auditing reports that mention something about going concern

reach a share of 10,29%.

The other aspects have significantly lower shares compared to the continuity: litigations are a

significant source of observations, as well as the relations with the affiliated persons or the tax

elements that can generate risks for the company.

Page 108: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

108

3.5 How is the impossibility of expressing an opinion justified?

The auditing standards (IAASB, 2015, pp. 738) show that “the auditor must refuse the

expressing of one opinion when he cannot obtain sufficient and adequate auditing evidence on

which he can base his opinion and concludes that the possible effects of undetected

modifications on the financial statements, where it is possible, could be both significant and

critical”. Also, “the auditor cannot express an opinion when, in extremely rare cases which

involve multiple uncertainties, he concludes, that, despite of the fact that he obtained sufficient

and adequate auditing evidence regarding each of the individual uncertainties, it is impossible for

him to shape an auditing opinion on the financial statement, due to the possible interaction

between the uncertainties and their possible cumulated effect on the financial statements”.

In our sample, we have 3 cases where the auditor cannot express his opinion – for three different

companies, one in 2013 (B4) and the rest in 2014 (a B4 and anB4). In the case of the company in

2013, the justification is given by the naming of the auditor after the closing of the previous

financial year and the impossibility of the accurate establishment of the truth of the initial

balances in 2013. For the two reports in 2014, the justifications are somehow similar, as both

include serious concerns regarding the continuity of the activity, with some of the most critical

consequences on the companies.

4. CONCLUSIONS

The analysis of the auditing reports can provide information regarding the way in which the

accounting standards are applied by the listed companies. Starting from 2015, the BSE has

created a sector – AeRo – designed for some smaller companies which desire the easier access to

the resources on the financial market. The financial reporting obligations of these companies are

limited to the meeting of the Romanian accounting standards – they do not use the IFRS,

according to the models of the companies listed on the regulated market.

Of a total sample of 1,255 observations (for 5 years, 2010-2014), we have identified auditing

reports in 448 cases (35.70%), but we can consider that the sample is representative, especially

due to the fact that there are more than 70% of auditing reports in 2014 (of which 11%

elaborated by B4 auditors).

Our scope was to analyze the justifications provided by the auditors when supporting the

modified opinion. 54% of the reports are unqualified and without any paragraph that emphasizes

other aspects. The other 46% of the reports represent a rich and significant data source about the

way in which some Romanian companies use the accounting standards. Thus, we have 21% of

the reports with qualified opinions and other 23% of the reports with the emphasizing of some

aspects.

The most frequent reserves are due to the inventory – evaluation of the receivables at the closing,

but the explanations that also consider other elements regarding the inventory are, overall,

significant for the justification of the reserves expressed by the auditors. We also must notice

that the share of the B4 in the qualified reports is higher than their share in the total sample.

When emphasizing other aspects, the main cause is represented by the auditors’ concerns

regarding the continuity of the companies’ activity. In fact, this element frequently appears when

justifying the reserves.

Page 109: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

109

We consider that our study can be useful to the auditors, the organizations that control the

auditors’ activity and also of the listed companies that can find evidence regarding the elements

that they should focus on in order to correctly elaborate the financial statements.

The limits of the study are especially represented by the unbalanced annual content of the

sample, and also by the lack of attempting to set up a link between the auditing opinion and other

variables such as the company’s performance, the type of activity, the shareholders…It would

also be extremely useful to make a comparison to the companies on the regulated market (though

they do not use the IFRS), and also to companies that are listed on other regulated markets in the

region.

REFERENCES Comprix, J., Huang, H. (2015) “Does auditor size matter? Evidence from small audit firms”, Advances in

Accounting, incorporating Advances in International Accounting, vol 31, no. 1, pp. 11-20.

Corbella, S., Florio, F., Gotti, G., Mastrolia, S.A (2015) “Audit firm rotation, audit fees and audit quality:

The experience of Italian public companies”, Journal of International Accounting, Auditing and

Taxation, vol. 25, pp. 46–66.

Gajevszky, A. (2014), “The impact of the auditor’s opinion on earnings management: evidence from

Romania”, Network Intelligence Studies, vol. II, no. 1 (3), pp. 61 – 73.

Gallizo, J.L., Saladrigues R. (2016) “An analysis of determinants of going concern audit opinion:

Evidence from Spain stock exchange”, Intangible Capital, vol 12, no. 1, pp. 1-16.

Garcia-Blandon, J., Argiles, J. M. (2015) “Audit firm tenure and independence: A comprehensive

investigation of audit qualifications in Spain”, Journal of International Accounting, Auditing and

Taxation, vol. 24, pp.82-93.

Habib, A. (2013) “A meta-analysis of the determinants of modified audit opinion”, Managerial Auditing

Journal, vol. 28, no. 3, pp. 184-216.

IAASB (2015) Manual de Reglementări Internaționale de Control al Calității, Audit, Revizuire, Alte

Servicii de Asigurare și Servicii Conexe – ediția 2014, volumul I, IFAC și CAFR, București

Lamoreaux, P.T. (2016) “Does PCAOB inspection access improve audit quality? An examination of

foreign firms listed in the United States”, Journal of Accounting and Economics, vol. 61, no 2-3, pp.

313-337.

Păunescu, M. (2015) “The Quality of Independent Auditors Reports – Is it Room for Improvement?”,

Audit Financiar, vol. XIII, no. 10 (130), pp. 61-68.

Persakis, A., Iatridis, G.E. (2016) “Audit quality, investor protection and earnings management during the

financial crisis of 2008: An international perspective”, Journal of International Financial Markets,

Institutions and Money, vol. 41, pp. 73-101.

Robu, I.B., Robu, M.A. (2015) “Statistical Analysis of the Audit Opinion Influence on the Value

Relevance of the Financial Information Reported by the Romanian Listed Companies”, Audit

Financiar, vol. XIII, no. 11 (131), pp. 73-81.

Tahinakis, P., Samarinas, M. (2016) “The incremental information content of audit opinion”, Journal of

Applied Accounting Research, vol 17, no. 2, pp. 139-169.

Vichitsarawong, T., Pornupatham, S. (2015) “Do audit opinions reflect earnings persistence?”,

Managerial Auditing Journal, vol. 30, no. 3, pp. 244-276.

Page 110: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

110

BANKRUPTCY RISK PREDICTION MODELS BASED ON

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS

Doina PRODAN-PALADE

Alexandru Ioan Cuza University, Iasi, Romania

Abstract

The purpose of this research is to study the ability of artificial neural networks to forecast the companies’

risk of financial distress. We predicted the bankruptcy risk using the associated financial ratios (overall

liquidity ratio and the overall solvency ratio) and two artificial neural network models based on the

backpropagation algorithm. The proposed models were implemented and tested using the PyBrain

software and have been applied to 55 companies listed on the Bucharest Stock Exchange during 2010-

2014. After a total of 19,944 iterations for the learning stage, the two algorithms converged and the

errors obtained during the tests reached the fixed target. The empirical results showed that the artificial

neural network models are efficient and reliable in detecting the risk of bankruptcy. The artificial neural

networks are very useful in economic analysis when the complexity of data makes it difficult to implement

functions that proper describe the link between economic variables. The use of the neural networks

method for predicting the risk of bankruptcy is less common in Romania. This study intends to fill this gap

in the literature and we believe it could be of interest not only for the companies listed on the stock

exchange, but also for investors, shareholders and banks.

Keywords: Artificial Neural Networks; backpropagation; bankruptcy risk; overall liquidity ratio; overall

solvency ratio

JEL Classification: M41, C53, G33

1. INTRODUCTION

For enterprises’ competitiveness in the fast changing economic environment of the international

market, the accurate prediction of the financial risk is one of the key factors. The globalization of

the financial markets shortened the time that policy makers should respond and take decisions

(Aydin & Cavdar, 2015). Meanwhile, the interconnections between the financial institutions

magnify the consequences of the economic crises (Glasserman & Young, 2013). As a result,

there is a high request for accurate forecasting of the firms’ financial distress and bankruptcy

risk. The accurate predicting models help the policy makers to take the right decisions and to

reduce the trading risk (Airinei, 2012). The recent financial crisis emphasized the weakness of

the traditional statistical models. If there is a significant difference between the predicted and the

audited profits, the companies would lose their credibility to investors and all stakeholders

(Bunget et al., 2014). The data analysis can be performed using diverse techniques such as

descriptive statistics, regression analysis, data mining, fuzzy logic algorithms or neural networks

models.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW ON APPLYING ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS TO

BUSINESS

In a healthy economy there is a high request for a proper distribution of resources in the financial

markets. Nowadays firms are complex systems, the economic environment is changing very fast

and the managerial functions can no longer be performed by a single person. Managers have

Page 111: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

111

shorter time for taking decisions and evaluation of the companies became a very difficult issue,

requesting a good qualitative and risk oriented analysis. Accurate results require suitable

accounting data (Bunget, 2009), including qualitative variables, such as political and

environmental indicators, calendar anomalies and business cycles (Tjung et al., 2011) as well as

the use of proper statistical methods (Vallini et al., 2009). The research papers showed that

ANNs can forecast the companies’ financial performance with a high accuracy.

Salama Ahmed and Omar Amany developed and tested a backpropagation ANN model that

could detect and predict fraudulent financial reporting (Salama & Omar, 2014). Shang Hongtao,

Huang Jiahui, Yang Jun, and Zhou Dan studied the financial risk forewarning of the Growth

Enterprises Market (GEM) companies belonging to the Chinese Strategic Emerging Industries

(SEI). They used the stepwise regression model and backpropagation neural network (BPNN)

model. The empirical results showed that BPNN can better predict the financial risk than the

regression model (Shang et al., 2015). They found that the accuracy of NN and other Artificial

Intelligence (AI) methods is superior to that of traditional statistical methods. Compared to other

models of predicting stock prices, the empirical studies showed that ANNs have the best

performance (Ardebili et al., 2015).

Trying to discover complex patterns in data by using multiple discriminant analysis (MDA) and

ANN, Coats Pamela and Fant Franklin found that NN approach is more accurate and effective

than MDA (Coats & Fant, 1993). Yildiz Birol and Yezegel Ari performed a fundamental

analysis trading strategy on a sample of firms traded in the New York (NYSE), American

(AMEX) and NASDAQ exchanges. They showed that the neural networks have the ability to

predict future returns in NYSE/AMEX/NASDAQ securities for the period 1990-2005 (Yildiz &

Yezegel, 2010).

Traditional statistical models are valid only under some restrictive assumptions such as linearity,

the normal distribution of data and the independence of predictor variables (Alborzi et al., 2015;

Yildiz & Yezegel, 2010). As a result, they do not accurately reflect the economic processes and

environment. They cannot inductively learn from new data dynamically, thus greatly affecting

the forecasting accuracy (Khademolqorani & Farimah, 2015).

Using linear regression and ANN methods, Ahangar Reza Gharoie, Yahyazadehfar Mahmood,

and Pournaghshband Hassan estimated the stock price of the companies listed on Tehran Stock

Exchange. Comparing the performance of the two algorithms, the empirical results showed that

ANNs are more efficient than the linear regression model (Ahangar et al., 2015). John Wei-Shan

Hu, Yi-Chung Hu, and Ricky Ray-Wen Lin used a sample of daily oil prices from Brent, West

Texas Intermediate (WTI), Dubai, and International Petroleum Exchange (IPE) between 1990

and 2005 and tested the prediction accuracy of ANNs for the prices of crude oil futures. During

the empirical tests they used Elman recurrent neural network (ERNN), recurrent fuzzy neural

network (RFNN), and Multilayer Perceptron (MLP). The results showed that the RFNN has the

best predictive power and the MLP has the worst one. They also found that the predictive power

of the ANNs is better when the training time increases (Hu et al. 2012).

3. BACKPROPAGATION NEURAL NETWORKS

The human brain is endowed at birth with the ability to process information and perform

complex activities such as motion control, pattern recognition, interaction with the environment

and the ability to learn from experience. It is made of neurons which transform the inputs into

outputs. Artificial Intelligence (AI) stores knowledge, being able to use it to solve problems and

it acquires new knowledge from experience. For this purpose, it uses a language made of

Page 112: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

112

symbols that helps to seek solutions and solve the given problems. The semantic expressions

used in AI are complex, syntactic and rule-based, being similar to the natural language.

As part of the Artificial Intelligence, the neural networks are systems that use approximation

methods based on the learning process. Neural computing is a discipline that attempts to simulate

the functioning of the human brain using computer systems (Aydin, 2015), algorithms, and

combining knowledge from different disciplines such as biology, chemistry, physics,

mathematics, and economics. An important feature of these networks is that they are capable of

self-organization and therefore, to solve the problems, they do not require the implementation of

some programs with powerful algorithms. Instead, they need a training phase for building

knowledge using some specific data sets.

After storing the knowledge, through a process of “thinking” that mimics human reasoning, they

are able to solve very complex problems. Thus, starting from a training set containing a lot of

examples that are given as input values, the neural networks create a specific model based on the

given problem. Other approaches are the neuro-fuzzy systems and the hybrid models based on

genetic, fuzzy or neural networks (Pradhan et al., 2015). They are based on the fuzzification -

defuzzification process applied to the inputs and outputs of the neural network, bringing the

artificial reasoning closer to the human one.

Due to their universality, the application fields of neural networks are very diverse, from the

natural sciences, industry, agriculture, arts, and entertainment. With the help of neural networks,

the analyses and predictions for the management of companies and the capital markets can be

performed with high accuracy. Among the most frequently used applications include natural

language processing, image processing, pattern recognition, handwriting interpretation, robotics

and modeling in economy and finance.

During the business activities, highly difficult problems can be solved by experts, namely

professionals who have extensive experience. The Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) can also

gain experience after performing some iterative learning processes. They are able to solve the

highly complex problems of the economic environment, without resorting to the knowledge of

specialists.

4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF NEURAL COMPUTATION

The neural computations are based on mathematical models taken from neurobiology, having

three main components:

Computation units

Layers made of computation units

Rules for changing the intensities of connections between the computation units

The neural computing concept was launched in 1943 in “A Logical Calculus of Ideas Immanent

in Nervous Activity” published by teachers McCulloch and Pitts (McCulloch & Pitts, 1943). In

1969, Minsky and Papert presented the neural model made of layers of neurons that transmit

information from input to output through connections similar to the synaptic connections

(Minsky & Papert, 1969). The most important step in the developing of the neuronal networks is

the implementation of learning by the backpropagation method, discovered by Werbos in 1974,

which has been still used (Werbos, 1974). Depending on how the neurons are connected, there

are three types of networks: directly connected, backpropagation (BP) or recurrent. BP networks

are common in many applications. They use a multilayer neural architecture that have at least

Page 113: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

113

one hidden layer of neurons and apply algorithms to minimize the function error. The activation

function of the hidden layers is a logistic function of the following form (Enăchescu, 2009):

f (x) = 1 / (1 + e ^ (- x))

The number of nodes in the hidden layer can be determined using the trial and error method or

by the formula method. The most used formulas are (Shang et al., 2015):

Where:

m = number of nodes in the hidden layer

n = number of nodes in the input layer

l = number of nodes in the output layer

The neural networks can be used for prediction, classification, conceptualization, data filtering

and association. To perform the evaluation of the model, the data set is usually split into three

sets: training set, validation set and test set (Badea, 2013). The accuracy of ANNs forecasts

depends on some factors with significant impact on their performance, including the selection of

input variables, the network architecture, and the quantity of data used for the training step

(Walczak, 2001). Despite other programming methods, the artificial neural network has the

ability to learn. Learning in a neural system is based on two steps. The first step is designed to

train and to accumulate the knowledge. In the next step they perform functional modifications to

the neural network nodes that modify the internal structure. A neuron or node has several input

signals and produce a single output signal, each of the entries having assigned a specific synaptic

weight.

During the learning process, the neurons change the weights of the input variables, depending on

the errors between the target output and the predicted output of the network. Based on the

weights of the neural connections, the algorithm synthesizes a specific model to solve the

problem. Through this mechanism, the neural networks can perform complex tasks, for which

the implementation of classical algorithms for processing would be very difficult.

In the typical structure of a backpropagation (BP) network type, the neurons are connected in

multiple layers. The first layer receives the input values, the last layer network provides the

output, and between these two layers there could be one or more hidden layers. Each computing

element of a neural network is assigned a combination of inputs that is turned into an output

value, based on the previously stored knowledge. During the training-learning process, the

network receives a large number of input values and adjusts the weights using the BP algorithm.

Based on the inputs, the network of artificial neurons identifies certain patterns and connections

and gets an output that will be compared with some known values, called target values. The

errors computed as the difference between the outputs of the network and target values flows

back through the hidden layers of the network. The process repeats until the difference between

the output value of the network and the target one reaches a minimum set a priori.

One drawback of these systems is the time interval required to load and store knowledge.

Another problem is the large amount of input information necessary for the learning process

(Kaastra & Boyd, 1996). In order to provide a proper solution, the system should receive

complete details of the task. As the large amount of input data needed to be processed is time and

resource consuming, the researchers are currently seeking to develop new training systems that

can operate efficiently with a smaller amount of initial knowledge.

Page 114: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

114

5. EMPIRICAL STUDY USING NEURAL NETWORKS TO PREDICT BANKRUPTCY

RISK

The paper proposes two supervised ANNs model based on the backpropagation method for

predicting the risk of bankruptcy using the associated financial ratios. The learning process is

supervised, based on a sample of inputs and outputs. The supervised learning includes error-

correction process, reinforcement learning, stochastic learning and error-convergence (Salama

and Omar, 2014). The error convergence concept means that the differences between the target

and the computed output values must be minimized. For this purpose, the algorithm changes the

weights and creates the appropriate model. The neural network models predict the risk of

bankruptcy based on the analysis of past events of the corporate activity (Prodan-Palade, 2016).

Romania is an emerging country that has a dynamic market and presents numerous opportunities

for the international economic environment, along with more risks than other developed markets.

In the last 26 years our country has experienced many transformations, transitioning from a

centralized to a market economy. Regarding the dynamic business environment, according to the

National Trade Registry Office, on 31 December 2015 in Romania there were a number of

773,781 active legal entities. During the same year, a total of 10,269 entities have involved into

insolvency proceedings, representing a rate of 1.33% of active entities, down from the previous

period with 50.38%, while 2.29%, respectively a number of 17,698 entities had suspended their

activity, meaning an increase by 12.10% compared to 2014.

Many of the entities listed on the Bucharest Stock Exchange (BSE) are in their first stage of

development and require much investment, the bank loans being among the most important

sources of funding for the Romanian companies. The problems of liquidity and debt repayment

capacity are essential in analyzing their financial balance. Therefore, we consider necessary the

building of a base knowledge and the formalization of prediction models for liquidity and

solvency of the entities, based on the concept of neural networks.

Our research proposes two prediction models, one designed for prediction the overall liquidity

ratio and the other designed for prediction the overall solvency ratio. The two indicators are

considered to be the main ones in analyzing the financial stability of an entity. The overall

liquidity ratio is expressed by the fixed assets ratio, the global financial autonomy ratio, acid test

ratio, the cash ratio and the profit ratio. The overall solvency ratio is expressed by the fixed

assets ratio, the global financial autonomy ratio and the overall liquidity ratio (Prodan-Palade,

2016).

The sample consists of 55 entities listed on BSE during 2010-2014 from the manufacturing

industry. The accounting information used for determining the financial indicators was extracted

from the companies’ annual reports published on the website of the stock exchange.

The application has three working stages for training, testing and prediction. During the training

stage the network is learning, based on the information provided at the input and identifies a

particular model. For the first stage we used the accounting input data corresponding to the

financial exercises between 2010 and 2013. The predicting and testing the accuracy of the

algorithm were performed using accounting data for the year 2014.

5.1 Building a Neural Network Model for the Prediction of Overall Liquidity Ratio

The concept of liquidity expresses the company's ability to pay its short-term debt obligations. It

is the coverage level of short-term debts by current assets. The acceptable values for this ratio

vary from one industry to another. The literature recommends a general value more than 1. On

Page 115: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

115

the other hand, there are certain cases where a too high overall liquidity ratio (current ratio), for

example much more than 2, may signify the presence of inventories and receivables that

consume significant financial resources and therefore being a negative sign for the company

(Mironiuc, 2009). Hence, in the prediction model of overall liquidity ratio we considered useful

to include the acid test ratio that takes into account the inventory levels of the entity.

The architecture of this ANN is shown in Figure 1. The proposed model consists of:

5 neurons in the layer 1 (the input layer);

19 neurons in the layer 2 (the hidden layer);

1 neuron in the layer 3 (the output layer).

Figure 1. The neural network model to predict the overall liquidity ratio

Source: own processing

Where:

R1 (Fixed assets ratio) = fixed assets/total assets

R2 (Overall financial autonomy ratio) = shareholders’ equity/total passive

R3 (Acid test ratio or Quick ratio = (current assets – inventory)/current liabilities

R4 (Cash flow ratio) = net cash flow/current liabilities

R5 (Net profitability ratio) = after-tax profit/net turnover

Y1 (Overall liquidity ratio or Current ratio) = current assets/current liabilities

Considering:

, the input neurons;

, the hidden neurons;

Y1, the output neuron;

, the weights of connections between the neuron i placed

in layer number k-1 and neuron j placed in layer k;

; , the activation function corresponding to the layer k, ,the neural

network is working in the following way:

For the layer 1(input), the input vector is R = (R1, R2, R3, R4, R5)

Page 116: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

116

For the layer 2 (hidden): j =

For the layer 3 (output):

The number of hidden nodes is determined by the model’s complexity. As it is showed in Figure

1, entries in the system include ratios R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 which, after the model building

process, are given different weights. Every ratio has assigned one node in the network. Each of

the 19 nodes of the hidden layer is connected to all input and output nodes. The output layer

contains a single node (Y1), which is the overall liquidity ratio.

The first step for building the model is the training period, which is the learning process when

the weights are given the optimal values. Our model uses a supervised learning process because

it is based on a pair of training data consisting of an input vector (R1, R2, R3, R4, R5) and a

desired output Y1. The learning method used in the model is backpropagation. The goal of the

algorithm is to find the proper function that can give the right output, based on the input vector.

The network’s training period tries to gather knowledge about the studied model. During the

training period, the algorithms determine the weight of each node and the type of relationship -

direct or reverse - between them. During the storage of knowledge, the network tries to minimize

the errors determined by the difference between the values provided by the model and the target

values, changing the weights. Taken together, the sets of input values that consist of the five

financial indicators values for the years 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 is the information that is

used by the neural network to change its structure.

The result of the test (see Figure 2) confirms the accuracy and predictive power of the designed

model.

Figure 2. General liquidity ratio, comparison between the value predicted by the neural model and

the target value

Source: own processing in Excel and PyBrain

To implement the proposed model, we used the open source application PyBrain (Tom et al,

2010) built in the Python programming language. The training error value is set to 0.0001, with a

learning rate of 0.05, using a total of 19,944 iterations for the learning stage. Following the

stored knowledge, we tested the model using the appropriate database comparing forecast values

for the year 2014 with target values for the neural network. The process is repeated using the

neurons from the hidden layers. It was found that the algorithm gave an accurate model which

can be used in the prediction analysis.

Page 117: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

117

5.2 Building a neural network model for predicting the overall solvency ratio

The solvency or the patrimonial solidity of an entity is its ability to pay on the due dates its long-

term debts and interests. In our application, we built a neural network to predict the overall

solvency ratio (see Figure 3).

Where:

R1 (Fixed assets ratio) = current assets/total assets

R2 (Overall financial autonomy ratio) = shareholders’ equity/total liabilities

R3 (Overall liquidity ratio) = current assets/current liabilities

Y2 (Overall solvency ratio) = total assets/total liabilities

Figure 3. The neural network model to predict the overall solvency ratio

Source: own projection

As shown in Figure 4, there are 23 nodes, three input nodes, one output corresponding to the

general solvency ratio Y1, and 19 hidden nodes (Prodan-Palade, 2016). The inputs in the system

include ratios R1, R2, R3. For each of them there is one node in the network. During the model

building process, they receive different weights.

Figure 4. The solvency ratio, general comparison of the value predicted by the neural model and the

target

Source: own processing in Excel and PyBrain

An important aspect of neural networks is the convergence error that means minimizing the

differences between the model output vector obtained by learning and the target vector

containing the set of a priori given values. When the inputs values cannot explain the output

target values, namely there is no correlation between them, the network cannot build the neural

Page 118: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

118

model and the recorded errors don’t converge. Our network is convergent and the errors reach a

local minimum (see Figures 5 and 6).

Figure 5. The evolution of errors recorded during the 19,944 training steps

Source: own processing in Excel and PyBrain

Figure 6. The evolution of moving average errors during the 19,944 training steps

Source: own processing in Excel and PyBrain

6. CONCLUSIONS AND PERSPECTIVES ON THE USE OF NEURAL NETWORKS IN

ECONOMY

The purpose of our research was to develop two neural networks of backpropagation type, a

widely used technique, to predict the overall liquidity and solvency ratios of the entity. We tested

each model’s accuracy by comparing the output of the predicted model with a set of target values

taken from the audited financial statements of entities listed on BSE. The novelty of the research

is that we used a sample of Romanian entities and for our investigation we used the recent

available financial accounting information for the years from 2010 to 2014. With the mentioned

tools, we built the neural networks using a combination of financial indicators which were

chosen based on the specialized literature and own reasoning. The research is justified by the

ever increasing request for implementation of performance algorithms that can make a correct

prediction of the firms’ evolution on the rapidly growing contemporary markets. The accuracy of

the predictions is impressive, proving once again that information technologies in symbiosis with

financial information produce value for the entities and constitute basic elements of modern

management.

Due to a broad spectrum of factors that influence a firm’s activity, the prediction of its evolution

is a difficult process. To obtain reliable results, the analysts must use complex models and a

large amount of data. If the forecasted results differ significantly from the values recorded in

annual reports, they represent an impediment to the management process. The risks are

magnified and the entity loses its credibility for the investors. Therefore, the analysis and

moving average error

Page 119: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

119

prediction activity play a very important role, influencing the company's relationship with its

stakeholders. All these elements justify the need to develop modern and efficient methodologies

of analysis and prediction of the risk of bankruptcy.

In the research works, the financial risk is defined by several indicators, depending on the

context of the investigation. For banks, it can suggest the entity's inability to pay debts at

maturity, while for the stock exchanges companies that register losses or negative equity for

three consecutive financial exercises have high financial risk (Shang, 2015). At the same time,

the suppliers take decisions based on the solvency, liquidity and going concern ratios of the

entity, usually pursuing a less time horizon compared to the financial creditors. From the

corporate governance’s point of view, risk reduction involves increasing the liquidity and

solvency and making the best decisions to ensure a financial autonomy and a competitive

favorable position on the market. Therefore, we consider appropriate the prediction of these

indicators, namely the overall liquidity and solvency ratios. For a proper risk assessment, we

need to analyze and interpret the significant aspects of the entity’s business activity and the

ability to predict any unforeseen future events that may occur. An example is the financing

activity, which is an important part of the investment and development process. It is an essential

part of the economic policy for a company. Financing decisions must be based on the

information provided by economic and financial analysis. If an entity has provided more

alternatives for financing, the manager will have to choose the best option that fits the business

needs, according to its specific activity and long-term strategies. Since long-term financial

resources are part of the permanent capital of the entity, being in direct connection with the

entity's financial mechanisms in the long term, the selection of the most efficient variant is made

by following a detailed review process.

Conventional techniques for risk prediction have some drawbacks. For example, in the case of

the Z score function, there is no theoretical basis of strict linear dependence of the variables used

in the regression model. The application of fuzzy logic, which works with logical values in the

range zero and one, show more accuracy in prediction algorithms, but requires advanced

knowledge and experience from the practitioners. The neural networks learn by themselves, but

they need experience based on the examples provided at the input, without specifying certain

modeling functions and without resorting to specialist knowledge.

Research papers published in the field show that a well-trained neural network can predict the

financial risk with great accuracy, recording higher performance than the multivariate linear

regression algorithms (Coats & Fant, 1993; Shang et al., 2015). They can be properly

approximated by non-linear functions, using neurons placed in the hidden layers and weighting

the links between nodes. Neural networks offer valuable solutions to various complex issues of

corporates activities and they are very useful tools for stock exchanges, investors, managers and

financiers.

As future research, we plan to use neural networks to detect fraud in financial reporting. The

model that we recommend for further work should use values of certain financial ratios predicted

by the neural network, which can be compared with the target values taken from annual and

audited reports. Significant discrepancies may be a signal of fraudulent reporting activity and the

auditors can enhance their control over these items. The backpropagation method which is used

in this paper can be replaced by other methods (Enăchescu, 2009). At the same time, for

predicting bankruptcy risk we have to consider other financial and non-financial variables related

to the governance of an entity.

We should mention some research limitations: the sample was composed of only 55 entities

which were analyzed over a short time period. The efficiency of neural networks increases

Page 120: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

120

proportionally to the amount of input data. It could be interesting to study all the Romanian

entities, including those which are not listed on the Bucharest Stock Exchange. To provide an

overview of the Romanian companies, we mention that on 31 December 2015 there were

773,781 active firms registered in Romania. A comprehensive study, taking a sample of all these

entities may be of particular interest for the economic environment of our country.

REFERENCES Ahangar, A.G., Yahyazadehfar, M., Pournaghshband, H. (2010) “The Comparison of Methods Artificial

Neural Network with Linear Regression Using Specific Variables for Prediction Stock Price in

Tehran Stock Exchange”, International Journal of Computer Science and Information Security, 7(2),

pp. 38-46.

Airinei, D., Berta, D. (2012) “Semantic business intelligence - a new generation of business intelligence”.

Informatica Economica, 16(2), pp. 72-80.

Alborzi, M., Roodposhti, F.R., Sabet, S. (2013) “Using Neural Networks for Forecasting operation Cash

Flows”, Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business, 4(9), pp. 1165-1173.

Ardebili, M.A., Hashemi, M., Shahabi, A., Barough, M.H. (2015) “Optimized selection of stock portfolio

by using the fuzzy artificial neural networks web model, ARIMA & Markowitz Model in Tehran

Stock Exchange”, European Online Journal of Natural and Social Sciences, 4(1),pp. 831-844.

Aydin, A.D., Cavdar, S.C. (2015) “Prediction of Financial Crisis with Artificial Neural Network: An

Empirical Analysis on Turkey”, International Journal of Financial Research, 6(4), 36-n/a.

Badea (Stroie), M.L. (2013) “Supporting Management Decisions by Using Artificial Neural Network for

Exchange Rate Prediction”, Accounting and Management Information Systems, 12(4), pp. 578-594.

Bunget, O., Blidisel, R.G., Dumitrescu, A.C., Demian, R. (2014) “Reactia auditorului financiar la

provocarile crizei economico-financiare/Financial auditor's reaction to the challenges of the

economic crisis”, Audit Financiar, 12(6), pp. 3-11.

Bunget, O.C. (2009), “Etica si audit intern: Problematica whistleblowing-ului” Audit Financiar, 7(9), pp.

43-51.

Coats, P.K., Fant, L.F. (1993) “Recognizing Financial Distress Patterns Using a Neural Network Tool”,

Financial Management, Periodicals Archive Online, pp. 142-155.

Enăchescu, C. (2009) Calculul neuronal, Editura „Casa Cărţii de Ştiinţă", Cluj-Napoca.

Glasserman, P., Young, H.P. (2013) “How likely is Contagion on Financial Networks?”, Discussion

Paper Series, University of Oxford, Department of Economics.

Hu, J. W.-S., Yi-Chung, H., Ricky Ray-Wen Lin. (2012) “Applying neural networks to prices prediction

of crude oil futures”, Mathematical Problems in Engineering, available online at

http://search.proquest.com/docview/1038408051?accountid=34495

Kaastra, I., Boyd, M. (1996) “Designing a Neural Network for Forecasting Financial and Economic Time

Series”, Neurocomputing, 10(3), pp. 215-236.

Khademolqorani, S., Ali, Z.H., Farimah, M.R. (2015) “A hybrid analysis approach to improve financial

distress forecasting: Empirical evidence from Iran”, Mathematical Problems in Engineering,

available online at http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2015/178197

Penpece, D., Elma, O.E. (2014) “Predicting sales revenue by using artificial neural network in grocery

retailing industry: A case study in Turkey”, International Journal of Trade, Economics and Finance,

5(5), 435-440. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.7763/IJTEF.2014.V5.411

Pradhan,R., Pathak, K.K., Singh, V.P. (2011) “Application of Neural Network in Prediction of Financial

Viability”, International Journal of Soft Computing and Engineering (IJSCE) ISSN: 2231-2307,

1(2), pp. 41-45.

Prodan-Palade, D. (2016) Corporate Governance between Performance and Non-Performance Validated

Through Accounting, PhD Thesis, Alexandru Ioan Cuza University, Romania.

Salama, A.S., Omar, A.A. (2014) “A Back Propagation Artificial Neural Network Based Model for

Detecting and Predicting Fraudulent Financial Reporting”, International Journal of Computer

Applications, 106(2) doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.5120/18489-9521

Shang, H., Huang, J., Yang, J., Zhou, D. (2015) “Predicting financial risk of Chinese listed companies in

strategic emerging industries with BP neural network”, Advances in Information Sciences and

Service Sciences, 7(4), pp. 43-58.

Page 121: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

121

Tjung, L.C., Kwon, O., Tseng, K.C. (2012) “Comparison Study on Neural Network and Ordinary Least

Squares Model to Stocks’ Prices Forecasting”, Academy of Information and Management Sciences

Journal, 15(1), pp. 1-35.

Tom, S., Justin, B., Daan, W., Sun, Y., Martin, F., Frank, S., Thomas, R., Jürgen, S. (2010) PyBrain. To

appear in: Journal of Machine Learning Research.

Vallini, C., Ciampi, F., Gordini, D.N. (2009) “Using Artificial Neural Networks Analysis for Small

Enterprise Default Prediction Modeling: Statistical Evidence from Italian Firms”, 2009 Oxford

Business & Economics Conference Program, ISBN: 978-0-9742114-1-1.

Walczak, S. (2001) “An empirical analysis of data requirements for financial forecasting with neural

networks”, Journal of Management Information Systems, 17(4), pp. 203-222.

Yildiz, B., Yezegel, A. (2010) “Fundamental Analysis with Artificial Neural Network”, The International

Journal of Business and Finance Research, 4 (1), pp.149-158.

Page 122: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

122

COST STRUCTURE USING ABC METHOD

Sorin BRICIU

„1 Decembrie 1918” University, Alba-Iulia, Romania

Adrian Ioan ŢÎRĂU

„1 Decembrie 1918” University, Alba-Iulia, Romania

Abstract

This paper aims to summarize the ways in which accounting management fulfills its attributes and

supports decisional processes at entity level. Continuous operations of economic activity require a

continuous consumption of inputs. The trader optimizes the combination of available production factors

with the objective to maximize the resulting economic benefits. But maximizing profits can be achieved

only through cost minimization. The starting point in shaping and adapting ABC method to the specifics

of an entity represented by a good analysis and correct distribution of the major indirect costs originating

from the design phase of the product.

Keywords: ABC method, managerial accounting, expenditure, consumption, profit

Classification JEL: M21, M41.

1. INTRODUCTION

This paper is a summary of the ways in which accounting management fulfills its attributes and

supports decisional processes at entity level and modification costs are directly reflected in the

performance of organizations.

Costs behavior looked through the ABC method suggests that our interest at the origins, causes

of occurrence and the particularities of this method, focusing on the importance of the

information for ABC in the management process, the possibilities for applying the methods and

the advantages, disadvantages and recent developments of Activity Based Costing method. Our

objective was to highlight necessity of using modern methods of managerial accounting and

ABC into all economic entities from the Romanian market, depending on the activity of the

entity.

2. MODELING BEHAVIOR COSTS

"Activity" and "inducing activity" are among the most important concepts promoted by ABC

method. This method allows companies to understand precisely how and in what way a product

or activity is producing substantial profit, based on careful apportionment of costs.

ABC appeared in the United States in the late 1980s in "The hidden factory", developed and

published by Jeffrey G. Miller and Thomas E. Vollmann. The two authors has subjected to a

critical study areas and places of common costs, concluding that the main step for controlling

indirect costs is to develop a model detailing and structuring causes of these costs.

Account management system provides pieces of information which help managers in business

planning and control. Management activity includes the gathering, classification, processing,

analyzing and reporting information to the management team.

Page 123: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

123

The usage of this method is becoming more widespread, its usage is being sustained by the

changes that economy has suffered over the last 20 years, changes which relate to refocusing the

attention of companies to manage and increase efficiency of the processes in their entirety,

unlike limited management for cost-producing centers and simplifying operations. The necessity

to consider the impact of indirect costs on the entity's performance was another good reason to

use ABC method.

ABC method is very useful to determine specific costs of standardized and repetitive processes.

From this point of view, it has an extensive application in mass production environments and for

providers of standardized services. For example, in the case of banks, this type of analysis is

used to determine the cost of goods / services (eg. Open an account, a loan, etc.) and to analyze

the profitability of the service. Similarly, cumulating more products, it can calculate the

profitability of a customer or group of costumers. Another benefit of implementing the ABC

method is the ability to estimate the real value of required resource by comparing existing

capacity (eg number of operators from one department) to capabilities needed to carry the

current volume of work. Consequently, the organization can properly size the resources

according to real needs.

The method focuses on the real nature of cost behavior, contributing to identify non-valuable

basic activities using multiple cost drivers which highlight the direct cause-effect relationship

between assignable spendings and the assigned hired bases.

Technical strategic development of the entity is called piloting. Even staff actions may be part of

the strategy of piloting. The performance of each activity levels are assessed through indicators

and developments that will be compared with previous goals, rules or results. Piloting entity is

therefore essential to achieve strategic objectives and action is primarily on behavior.

Besides the ability to calculate profit margins, to properly size capacity and to estimate the

domestic prices of transfer based on actual costs, ABC method allows identification of a

potential optimized processes, indicating redundant activities, activities with the highest costs

and facilitating internal and external Benchmarking.

But like any other method the ABC method has boundaries. Among the main weaknesses is the

difficult identification of techniques that produce valuable activities and cost drivers. Another

weakness of the method could be the difficult of applying the method when business has trouble

identifying hidden costs, while other weaknesses can be the interest in physical indicators when

the majority uses only financial indicators.

The concept method assumes that the products are not consuming resources, but activities. After

the appearance of activities accounting, it has been found that the method of the traditional

calculation costs can create significant differences in the final cost of the product. Experts say

that the differences come from the manner of expenses apportionment, practiced by traditional

accounting. The difference in cost allocation can shape the final price of outputs and also can

lead to wrong managerial decisions, the method’s promoters say that this methodology can be

applied by large companies especially the sensitive to any possibility of reduction and cost

control.

Accounting utility brought to a company by using this method can be seen in terms of a

summary document of accounting management which allows viewing gains and / or losses on

the activities and processes undertaken.

Page 124: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

124

We can draw a parallel between using the ABC method and the usage of this method with

specific financial accounting processes that identify a common element, the overall image of

development for the entity, pursued by management in order to establish objective and relevant

decisions for the proper management of the entire activity.

An important step in implementing the ABC method is to identify the main activities, the

associated costs and cost drivers. At the end of each activity, the cost of production of that phase

consists of the sum of operating costs that are involved in the production of a previous phase plus

processing costs incurred for various activities.

Regarding the cost of each activity, they can be grouped into specific direct costs and necessary

costs to conduct such activities. Direct costs will include labor costs on the manufacturing

process or control upon consumption of auxiliary materials, cost of operation and maintenance

for specific equipment, costs for depreciation of equipment, costs of energy and water, and other

costs that can directly identify with specific activities to be analyzed. Additional or auxiliary

costs include the costs of auxiliary activities that are needed to run the main activity.

First, should take into account the correlation of processes-activities-associated costs - cost

drivers, which will be further developed in the case study by allocating appropriate monetary

values.

Table no.1 - Scheme process-activities- associates costs - cost drivers

Processes Activities Associated costs Cost

Inductors

Logistic

entrances

Transport Direct costs:

- transport

- Insurance

- Special transport Stack

Per piece

Hours

Workers N

\days

Reception Direct costs:

- Main worker (handling)

- equipment

Storage Direct costs:

- Main worker (handling) -

stock’s depreciation

Production

Supplying line Main worker

(Supply)

Supplying equipment

Per piece

Workers N.

Production Main worker

Technical equipment Electric

energy

Compressed air

Water

Safety equipment

Final testing Main worker

Testing equipment

Logistic

Exits

Storage Main worker

Transport equipment

Administrative

activities

Building’s utilities Indirect workers

External services

Energy

For

products

range

Departments’ funds

Salary costs for indirect

workers

Source: own systematization

Page 125: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

125

For all activities, the relationship will be a recurrent: Added value =logistics cost for entrances+

cost of production + logistic cost for exists + administrative cost.

The next step is the allocation of direct costs on the activities identified in the ABC method. The

next step is to allocate indirect costs to cost inductors. After discussions with employees, the

activities were determinant

Figure 1. Costs apportionment for indirect activities

1200

2400

1200

4800 4800

2400 2400

1200

2400

1200

515

1030

515

1030

2060 2060

1030

515

1030

515

1000 1000 1000

3000

7000

3800

200

1000 1000 1000

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

490588

98

3920

1960 1960

98

490

98 98

1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

1935 1935 1935

0 0

2300

0

1935

3225

1935

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

A 1.1 A 1.2 A 1.3 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.3 A 2.4 A 3.1 A 3.2 A 3.3

Costs apportionment for indirect activities

Admin. Wages Various materials

Indirect wages Maintenance halls

Ener./water for admin. Ener./water for production

Activ. Annexes Sourcing raw materials

Source: own systematization

To calculate the unit cost for activities and processes is necessary to determine quantitative cost

drivers, which is based technological production records, and accounting data.

Page 126: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

126

Table no.2 - Calculation of unit cost of production by ABC method for the chosen product The cost of

activities

independent

Main Costs

Indirect

costs

Total

cost

Inductor

Value

Cost/Inducto

r

Inductor’s

value/

product’s

value

A1.1 10000000 6940

1000694

0 120 palet 833391,16 Eur/stack 416694,58

Eur/Stac

k

A

1.2 240000 8753 248753

1.000.000

buc

0,25 Eur/piece

0,0000002

5

Eur/piec

e

A

1.3 18000 6548 24548 5 mun 4909,6

Eur/worke

r 981,92

Eur/

worker

10258000 15693

1027369

3

1.000.000

buc 4919,86 Eur/piece 417677,5

Eur/piec

e

A2.1

553000 23480 576480 15 m 38432 Eur/ piece 2562,13

Eur/

worker

A2.2 140000 23480

163480 3 sch 54493,33 Eur/ piece

2,024.76 Eur/sch

A2.3 19800 0 23480

221480 10 m 22148 Eur/ piece

1,104.72

Eur/

worker

A2.4 150000 5528 155528 120 zile 1296,06 Eur/days

3,690.35 Eur/h

199900

0 279620 2278620 9381,96

A3.1 650000 6940

656940 600 h

1094,49 Eur/h

1094,49 Eur/h

A3.2 980000 9553

989553 600 h

164,93 Eur/h 109,95 Eur/h

A3.3 31000 6548

37548 600 h

6,26 Eur/h 2,08 Eur/h

2223000 302661

2525661 309,9 1206,52

Total production cost 428265,98

Produced guarantee

1000000

Unit production cost

0,43

Source: Own calculi

The calculation was made for the year 2015, recent Euro currency used. Converted in Ron,

product price is 1.94 ron/ piece from the specified range.

3. CONCLUSIONS

Establishing managerial decisions involves the use of modern tools for measuring performance,

the main objective for the company's performance it is determinant by calculating costs using

modern methods.

We believe that ABC fulfills the entities needs to properly determine production costs. The

method provides relevant information regarding the cost provides solutions to reduce costs but

also it can determine the entity's performance.

Continuous operations of economic activity requires a continuous consumption of inputs. The

trader optimizes the combination of available factors of production with the objective to

Page 127: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

127

maximize the resulting economic benefits. But maximizing profits can be achieved only through

cost minimization.

Meanwhile, the production cost is an essential criterion in strong decisions regarding production

of new products. Only through a simultaneous accurate estimation of production costs and

selling price of goods appreciate if incomes will exceed expenses and whether it is possible to

obtain an acceptable rate of profitability.

REFERENCES

Allen, B.R., Brownlee, E.R., Haskins, M.E., Lynch, L.J., Rotch, J.W. (2004) Cases in Management

Accounting and Control Systems (4th Edition), Prentice Hall.

Bouqiun, H. (2008) Controle de gestion, Presses Universitaires de France, Paris.

Briciu, S., Căpuşneanu, S. (2010) “Effective cost analysis tools of the Activity-Based Costing (ABC)

method”, Annales Universitatis Apulensis, Series Oeconomica, nr. 12 (1), pp. 25-35.

Briciu, S. (2006) Contabilitatea managerială. Aspecte teoretice şi practice, Editura Economică,

Bucureşti.

Briciu, S., Căpuşneanu, S., Rof, L.M., Topor, D. (2010) Accounting and management control.Entity

performance assessment tools, Editura Aeternitas, Alba-Iulia

Căpuşneanu, S. (2006) “Dashboard and Firms Performance Optimization Using Piloting Indicators”,

Theoretical and Applied Economics, no. 5, pp. 85-90.

Căpuşneanu, S. (2008) Elements of cost management, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest.

Cokins, G. (2009) Performance management: integrating strategy execution, methodologies, risk and

analytics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey

Ebbeken, K., Possler, L., Ristea, M. (2000) Calculaţia şu managementul costurilor, Editura Teora,

Bucureşti.

Ionascu, I., Dinamica doctrinelor contabilitatii modern, Editura Economica, Bucuresti, 2003,

Kaplan, R.S., Atkinson, A.A. (2010) Advanced management accounting, PHI Learning, New Delhi.

Hughes, M. (2016) The Simple Analytics of Matrix Accounting, Activity-Based Costing, and Linear

Programming

Page 128: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

128

HIDDEN COSTS OF SELF-MANAGEMENT SERVICES OF

ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY IN A COMPANY

Gary COKINS

SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA

Sorinel CĂPUŞNEANU

„Dimitrie Cantemir” Christian University, Bucharest, Romania

Dan Ioan TOPOR

“1 Decembrie 1918”, Alba-Iulia, Romania

Oana Raluca IVAN

“1 Decembrie 1918”, Alba-Iulia, Romania

Abstract

This article addresses some relevant aspects of the hidden costs of self-management services of

accounting activity within an accounting department of a company. Based on this objective, the authors

conducted a study using a questionnaire and the results were analyzed and interpreted. The hidden costs

of self-management of business accounting services observed in the accounting department of the

company have been assessed and the causes of their generating sources were identified and

analyzed. The debate of these hidden costs involved the treating of existing notions in the accounting

language but unexplored enough by the specialists in the area. There were also presented and analyzed

the causes of the hidden costs of self-management of accounting activity, and a reporting document for

failures arising from the case study. The article ends with the authors' conclusions regarding the hidden

costs of self-management services of accounting activity.

Key words: hidden costs, financial reporting, company, owners, managerial accounting, management

JEL Classification: M41

1. INTRODUCTION

From the beginning we will say that the theme of this approach is valid both for public entities as

well as economic ones, addressing the conceptual unit and each type of activity can be found in a

certain extent. In addition to the relevance of some aspects we will use practice or interest in the

profitability of a business, but it is equally important result for a public entity, where the budget

and budget implementation are significant.

The success of a profitable and lasting business, but also of public activity largely depends on its

management who must assume the primary responsibility to propel the entity into the orbit of the

specific market segments that it will guarantee to provide a important place in the top rated

companies in the market or the most popular public entities who have duties. The management

team selected by strict criteria must prove notable experiences and demonstrate the viability of

its decisions, whether short term or long term decisions. It often happens that the management of

a company fails to deal with unusual situations arising from money’s management company, due

to weak or inadequate accounting practices. More specifically, the information provided by

accounting is typically not accurately or incompletely measured and reported, and this

contributes to the failure of subsequent decision-making. Most small companies, but also some

larger companies, prefer to practice "house accounting" and use its own staff to provide

accounting. This is because the owners are afraid of their data privacy and security. As a result,

Page 129: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

129

they try to hold control over the information provided. Some entities practice this approach since

they do not have sufficient financial resources to hire external accounting services, or they do not

trust the services provided by third parties. Whichever chosen option by the management,

regardless if the accountants are more or less experienced; the company finances can not be left

to chance. All the issues mentioned are a result from hidden costs whose causes we will discuss

in this article. Our main objective is to highlight the hidden costs of self-management services

related to accounting activity in the accounting department of a company.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW

The literature brings to the fore a number of studies on hidden costs, the most significant of

which was marked by testing hidden cost-performance method and development proposal which

belongs to Professor Savall H. (Savall and Zardet, 1992). Any cost element that lacks one of the

three fundamental properties (has a known label which is accurate and normal; it is measured

accurately based on known rules; it is monitored in order to verify progress based on a fixed

lens) can be called hidden cost (Savall and Zardet, 1991). Choosing objectives that will

determine the costs focuses on what is visible and tangible, such as: production, means of

exploitation or responsibility centers. Later, this definition is extended by a more consistent

formulation, which is called the hidden costs when they do not appear explicitly in the

information system of a company, such as for example: budget, financial accounting or

management accounting, or in the journal or other document summary (Savall and Zardet, 2008).

Hidden costs do not allow a quantification of results and deviations, but may allow for an

analysis of their causes at the root assembly as a phenomenon closely linked to the high

performance of an entity (Briciu and Căpuşneanu, 2011).

Based on this definition, in the literature there have been other approaches of the concept of

hidden costs that will be played in terms of their identification through to the accounting

information systems and the factors that lead to the onset or at the level of entity. Thus, some

authors believe that the hidden costs are generated by official formal procedures employed

outside the company and achieve a considerable level (Ionaşcu et al., 2003). Hidden costs

presents two categories: the hidden costs that are included in visible costs and potential hidden

costs represented by the presence of internal malfunctions, such as the existence of virtual costs

of corresponding subtasks (Ionaşcu et al., 2003). The causes of these potential costs can be

external in nature, such as: malfunction of public services, strikes, failure of the judiciary

institutions to resolve disputes in a considerable period of time or solutions that could not be

provided etc. Other authors think that there are other costs formalized interests to managers or

administrators such as: waiting interval between two batches, inadequate design, poor quality,

absenteeism from work unit and others (Iacob et al., 2007), and large buffer stocks that consume

valuable resources and generates hidden costs (Salawati et al., 2012). Identification and

monitoring of hidden costs is very important because they have a direct impact on the

performance of a company (Albu and Albu, 2003).

General failures are caused by certain anomalies, perturbations of deviations between ideal

functioning and actual operation of the company, identifying the following elements:

absenteeism, staff turnover, accidents at work, quality defects and loss of productivity directly

(Savall and Zardet, 1991). With the advent of these elements are found and the emergence of

hidden costs related to: time management, working conditions, application of strategies,

integrated training and internal communication or coordination of various activities. The

organizations’ socio-economic theory is focusing on the high performance of the company or the

productive capacity of entities to manage their material resources, physical, monetary and

human. Correcting these failures is the monetary aspect and involves hidden costs: loss due to

Page 130: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

130

lower operating level, extra pay personnel compensation, additional external services, decrease

of product quality etc. All these disturbances lead to a consumption of financial or human

resources, as follows: decrease product quality leads to redesign products by mobilizing

additional staff or, as in the case of absenteeism, waiting times between batches generate

financial losses (Iacob et al., 2007).

In the managerial accounting we can identify the following hidden costs: opportunity costs (costs

of lost opportunities, costs of lost profits), environmental costs (Betianu, 2007), quality costs

(Giakatis et al., 2000), subactivity costs (Taicu and Roman, 2009) etc.

3. METHODOLOGY OR RESEARCH

3.1. Research questions

The purpose of this article is translated by the authors’ attempt to identify some hidden costs of

self-management services of business accounting activity from the accounting department of

some Romanian economic companies. In this sense, we were trying to find answers to a series of

questions as follows:

1. Is it possible to identify the hidden costs of self-management accounting activity in the

accounting department?

2. Where are the hidden costs of self-management accounting activity within your department?

3. Can you identify the root causes of the hidden costs of self-management accounting work?

4. Can you control the hidden costs of self-management accounting activity?

3.2. Instrumentation

The design of our research focuses on the theoretical approach of the implications arising from

development problems described by questions launched at the beginning of the study. For the

relevance of the study were used as instruments: induction, deduction and questionnaire which

was considered one category of respondents to launched questions namely, specialists in

accounting, grouped into two types (heads of departments and accountants).

3.3. Sample and data analysis

The study sample was drawn from a number of 1424 persons, according to the categories

mentioned above. After collecting the questionnaires and conducting data centralization, the

situation is as follows (table 1):

Table no.1 - Situation of responses on respondents categories

Questions

Respondents

Heads of

departments Accountants

Yes (%) No (%) Yes (%) No (%)

1. Is it possible to identify the hidden costs of self-

management accounting activity in the accounting

department?

87.57 2.43 86.29 13.71

Page 131: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

131

Questions

Respondents

Heads of

departments Accountants

Yes (%) No (%) Yes (%) No (%)

2. The hidden costs of self-management accounting

activity within your department come from:

2.1.Reporting inaccurate information to management

2.2. The occurrence of errors in the calculation of

salaries and other accounting documents

2.3. Inadequacy in meeting deadlines

2.4. Using inexperienced accountants

2.5. Other causes

50.31

7.45

9.00

22.68

10.24

0.94

49.69

5.59

7.76

18.64

16.15

1.55

65.78

20.50

24.33

10.34

10.16

0.45

34.22

9.53

8.63

7.62

7.08

1.36

3. Can you identify the root causes of the hidden

costs of self-management accounting work? 54.03 45.97 81.30 18.70

4. Can you control the hidden costs of self-

management accounting activity? 54.65 45.35 77.49 22.51

Source: Authors’ calculation

As can be seen, the largest share of the two categories of specialists surveyed suggests

identifying, analyzing and combating hidden costs. Given this situation, our study results

empirically continued to the identification, analysis and presentation of preventive measures

which are described below. In terms of graphics, situation analysis of the questionnaires (figure

1) is as follows:

Figure 1. Situation of positive responses obtained on two categories of specialists

87,5786,29

50,31

34,22

54,03

18,7

54,65

22,51

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Question 1 Question 2 Question 3 Question 4

Heads of departaments

Accountants

Source: Authors’ representation

4. IDENTIFICATION OF HIDDEN COSTS OF SELF-MANAGEMENT SERVICES OF

ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY IN A COMPANY

Based on findings by analyzing data provided by the questionnaire applied to specialists it has

been trying to explain the hidden costs of self-management of accounting activities identified in

the accounting department, as follows:

4.1. Inaccurate reporting of information to management

Accounting data flow tracking should become priority number one for each manager.

Accountants’ duties should be well separated from those of managers, but full responsibility for

the correctness and accuracy of accounting data returns to the accountant. All accounting

Page 132: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

132

operations must be properly recorded in the accounting records and tracked monthly by the

accounting officer and the manager. The goal is to eliminate possible errors of registration or

creeping ambiguity of accounting information reporting. The inaccuracy of the data provided can

lead to the misinterpretation of results and issues that may affect the company's image and

reputation. Based on accurate and well tested information, accountants can submit the

information to managers. The information should then result in better decisions for the short or

long term business finances.

4.2. The occurrence of errors in the calculation of salaries and other accounting documents

All economic entities, regardless of size, should have an accountant or accounting department

very well organized to avoid mistakes in the calculation of employees’ salaries. The accuracy

and timeliness of calculating salaries depend on many aspects that can disrupt the smooth

conduct of internal activities. Employees who do not receive their salaries on time correctly will

not be sufficiently motivated to do their jobs effectively, thus giving rise to lower labor

productivity. This affects the families that they were dependent triggering other social issues that

are not intended to be manifested and continued, thus affecting one of the basic principles of

accounting i.e. going concern. Therefore, the accounting department must have constituted an

effective and well-qualified staff to meet these challenges monthly. Rewarding staff in charge of

these activities can be one of the keys to successful elimination of errors or mistakes in counting

and calculating salaries, thus eliminating any dysfunctionality in a company.

4.3. Maladjustment in meeting deadlines

Running a business is a very serious work and requires much time to head to the desired

direction. Activity involves making payments and receipts by various third parties such as

suppliers, banks, state, customers etc. If accountant is not perfectly adapted to these situations, it

will block the normal activity of the company, thereby obstructing other current menus activities.

All these situations can have serious repercussions on the company and its financial stability and

corrupt decision-making process in key situations for the entity. Thus the reporting of data to

other organisms will be affected, and the company's image will be obsolete before the occurrence

of prolonged hearings processes. So can we say that it is incompetence or negligence?

4.4. Use of inexperienced accountants

As is well known many economic entities pay a lot of money to accountants who are more or

less competent. Is it not better to employ well-trained accountants based on an impressive CV

that can guarantee the normal course of accounting activities, giving them a good salary, than to

employ accountants with less experience, paying them good wages, but can not ensure normal

course of accounting activities? Do we think that we only save money? Or do we want the

company to operate normally and efficiently?

4.5. The use of accounting software updates

These costs can be found especially after the implementation of accounting software when a

regular accountant needs for writing and providing information to the management of a data

update. For this, most made software companies do not provide free additional services such as:

regular updating of software or additional software components. These costs for a company can

be translated as hidden costs, especially knowing the growing need for information which must

have a company to ensure efficient decision. In other words, the cost of implementing software

attracts mostly hidden costs as mentioned above.

Page 133: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

133

4.6. Participation in training information or improvement courses for accountants

Business environment is constantly moving and adapting to all legislative requirements

occurring during the activity of a public or company. All changes in the accounting and tax

legislation with direct or indirect effects on the entity's activity should be considered by directly

informing accountants or through their participation in information courses, training, updating or

improvement. All of them include some hidden costs due to higher total costs involved monthly

or annual unexpected and to some extent affect the final result.

5. EVALUATION OF THE HIDDEN COSTS OF SELF-MANAGEMENT

ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY IN THE ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT. IDENTIFYING

THE CAUSES AND SOURCES OF GENERATING HIDDEN COSTS

The evaluation of hidden costs is realizing as follows:

Over salaries or additional wages are caused by errors made in preparing the supporting

documents (payroll, cost sheets, other documents) or staff rotation caused by changes made by

function, when other responsible (managers and specialists) to take over duties of subordinates

or colleagues of them. So the entity is obliged to pay additional amounts for the performance of

additional tasks by management or other executive persons. The general causes of production

include: changes in function due to absenteeism, lack of staff or lack of experience, taking over

tasks governing persons due to overload subordinates tasks etc.

Over time or additional time are generated by some additional activities that do not add value to

the department. They give rise to costs because the infrastructure and equipment working in the

department are not used properly. Causes of production is due to: errors (errors detected due to

staff negligence), unnecessary activities (unnecessary procedures), the lack of precise

information (lack of organization and information), distractions (information and analysis

weekly sessions), inefficiency of work equipment (use of old equipment or software inefficient)

etc. Over consumption or additional consumption of consumables is generated from those inputs

that could have been avoided. Causes of production are due to: error (printing errors), the use of

low quality supplies (cheap) and waste of consumables etc.

Non-value is the inaccurate reporting of key information to senior management or specialized

departments with major involvement in detecting malfunctions and insufficient time for the

information activities. The general causes are due to the use of low-skilled, inexperienced

(know-how). A company is considered to be composed of a series of interactions between

different structures and behaviors. According to our investigations, we identified the following

generators factors of hidden costs in the accounting department of a company (Savall and Zardet,

2008): (1) Administrative dysfunction (work organization, communication, coordination,

information processing, time management, information system errors due etc.); (2) Behavioral

dysfunction (individual, group, community, pressure groups); (3) Structural dysfunction

(physical, technological, organizational, demographic, mental).

To play a proper calculation relation for hidden costs, we opted for option below.

(1) Hidden Costs (HC) = OE + OC

Where:

OE = Organizational Expenses (additional wages for overtime, additional expenses);

OC = Opportunity Costs (non-quality, low productivity).

Page 134: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

134

6. CREATING SITUATIONS FOR REPORTING DYSFUNCTIONS

Once identified and evaluated, the hidden costs must be recovered to be translated thus

contributing to achieving economic performance. The conversion of hidden costs is the process

whereby once they have been identified; assessed attempting recovery to some extent contributes

to achieving economic performance.

The most important problem is to separate the general hidden costs of other hidden costs,

knowing the fact that some hidden costs generate some other hidden costs (e.g., costs of

preparing accounting staff generate other costs related to acquisition of software or updates

thereof). To watch the hidden costs of producing frequency, causes and their impact on

economic performance we can draw a centralized situation thus (table 2):

Table no.2 - Analysis of dysfunctions in terms of economic impact produced by the hidden costs

The name of hidden

cost

Production

frequency

Identification of

production causes

Economic impact produced

by hidden cost

Absenteeism Monthly Time management Over salaries

Staff rotation Quarterly Integrated training

Strategic implementation

Over times

Over consumption

Work accidents and

professional diseases Monthly

Non-production

Non-value

Product quality Monthly

Risks

Work conditions

Wok organization

Deviations from

productivity Monthly

Communication-cooperation-

coordination

Source: Authors’ determination

7. CASE STUDY ON THE DETERMINATION OF HIDDEN COSTS OF SELF-

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY

In the accounting department of a Romanian company in a year is set a forecast budget that

includes income 500000 lei, expenses 460000 lei and profit 40000 lei. In preparing the forecast

did not take into account the opinion of the legal service on legal actions of some employees

They obtained final and irrevocable execution. During the year, increase revenue and decrease

costs due to failures and actual outturn account are as follows: 500000 lei income, expenses

520000 lei, lei 20000 deficit. Such hidden costs amounting to 40000 lei (non-income). Costs

savings are 35% of 40000 lei, i.e. 14000 lei. Had it not been overspending related failures, the

actual or supposed to be visible: 460000 lei - 12000 lei = 448000 lei. Overspending (over

salaries) = (460000 lei + 20000 lei) - 448000 lei = 32000 lei. The hidden costs amounting to

40000 lei + 32000 lei = 72000 lei. After these calculations, the situation in the income statement

is as follows (Table 3):

Table no.3 - Income statement highlighting hidden costs

Explanations Amount (lei) Explanations Amount (lei)

Visible expenses 448000 Provided expenses 460000

Hidden cost of dysfunctionalities: 72000 Non-value 40000

- over salaries 32000 Provided income 500000

- non-value 40000 Deficit (loss) 20000

Total 520000 Total 520000

Source: Romanian company’s data

Page 135: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

135

From the above example, the company carried out an investment in a computer program and the

situation is as follows (Table 4):

Table no.4 - Total cost of creation of potentially gained through an investment

Explanations Value (lei)

1. New software (computer program) 4000

2. The period of training of personnel 6000

3. Total cost of creation of potentially won 10000

Source: Romanian company’s data

The conversion of hidden costs in value-added due the creation of potential is realized as follows

(Table 5):

Table no.5 - Conversion of hidden costs

Impact of won potential creation

Annual

hidden costs

(lei)

Conversion rate of

hidden costs in

value-added

Annual hidden

performance

expected (lei)

1. Inaccurate reporting of information to

management 2700 2/3 1800

2. Use of inexperienced accountants 1200 2/3 800

3. Reception of responsibilities from some

subordinates or colleagues 6000 1/3 2000

4. Errors made in the preparation of

supporting documents 2000 3/3 2000

5. Staff rotation caused by changes made

by function 3600 2/3 2400

Total 15000 58.06% 9000

Source: Romanian company’s data

In terms of graphics, this can be shown as follows (Figure 2):

Figure 2. Reporting of annual hidden costs and annual hidden performance

2.700

1.800

1.200800

6.000

2.000 2.0002.000

3.600

2.400

0

1.000

2.000

3.000

4.000

5.000

6.000

1. Inaccurate

reporting of

information to

management

2. Use of

inexperienced

accountants

3. Reception of

responsibilities

from some

subordinates or

colleagues

4. Errors made

in the

preparation of

supporting

documents

5. Staff rotation

caused by

changes made

by function

Annual hidden costs Annual hidden performances

Costuri

Source: Authors’ representation

Data analysis

Based on the data analyzed we can see that the won potential of creation impact is reflected by:

inaccurate reporting of information to management; use of inexperienced accountants; reception

of responsibilities from some subordinates or colleagues; errors made in the preparation of

supporting documents; staff rotation caused by changes made by function. If these deficiencies

of managerial kind had not existed, it would not have provision amounts pending court in this

situation would not have been influenced by hidden costs. Of the total annual hidden costs 15500

Page 136: Department of Accounting and Auditstartfeaa.ro/aap-proceedings/AAP-2016-proceedings.pdf · AAP 2016 October 20-22, 2016 Timisoara, Romania ISSN 2559-0480 ISSN–L 2344-2980 ... OF

136

lei only a proportion of 58.06% is recovered, and that is 9000 lei. The situations presented can be

combined and analyzed in accounting synthesis documents like income statement (Căpuşneanu

and Briciu, 2011) or annexes of the results account and along with other synthesis situations

(Cokins et al., 2011) the needs of information required by company’s management.

8. CONCLUSIONS

Hidden costs analysis is one of the priorities of a responsible accounting department of an

company or other persons delegated with this responsibility. The director of the accounting

department, who has a series of responsibilities in this respect, should be assigned this task. In

this case, we plead for delegating this responsibility to a person specifically designated to

analyze hidden costs. All information obtained should be processed and included in the

accounting synthesis documents that will serve to support managerial decisions. The impact of

hidden costs on the performance of a company should be reviewed internally to identify their

causes. Although at first glance it seems to be a complex activity, in time it will become a

routine that will lead to the rapid identification of malfunctions that can eliminate them. By their

conversion it will bring value-added and will contribute to reducing the losses of the company.

REFERENCES Albu, N., Albu, C., (2003) Instruments of managing the performance, Vol. I, Management Accounting,

Economical Publishing House, Bucharest.

Betianu, L. (2007) ”Environmental cost accounting”, The Annals of the University of Oradea, Economic

Sciences, Volume II. Section: Finance, Accounting and Banks, pp. 125-128.

Briciu, S., Căpuşneanu, S. (2011) ”The increase of performance of an entity by the conversion of the

hidden costs”, Annales Universitatis Apulensis Series Oeconomica, 13(2), p. 209.

Căpuşneanu, S., Briciu, S., (2011) ”Control and analysis of costs based on results account of the ABC

mehod”, International Journal of Academic Research in Business and Social Sciences, 1(3), pp. 146-

147.

Cokins, G., Căpuşneanu, S., Barbu, C.M. (2011) ”Decisions based on synthesis documents information of

the ABC (Activity-Based Costing) method”, International Journal of Accounting and Financial

Reporting, 1(1), pp. 119-125.

Giakatis, G., Enkawa, T., Washitani, K., (2000) “Quality Costs and Hidden Quality Costs: Their

Importance and Their Environmental Association”, APDSI, available online at

http://gebrc.nccu.edu.tw/proceedings/ APDSI/2000/list/pdf/P-031.PDF

Ionaşcu, I., Filip, A., T., Stere, M. (2003) Administrative control, Bucharest: Economica Publishing

House.

Iacob, C., Ionescu, I., Goagara, D. (2007) Management accounting in line with international practice,

Craiova: Universitaria Publishing House.

Salawati, S., Tinggi, M., Kadri, N. (2012) ”Inventory management in Malaysian construction firms:

impact on performance”, SIU Journal management, 2, pp. 59-60.

Savall, H., Zardet, V. (1991) Maîtriser les coûts et les performances cachés, Paris: Economica.

Savall, H., Zardet, V. (1992) Le noveau controle gestion. Méthode des côuts-pérformance cáches [New

management control: The hidden cost-performance method], Paris: Eyrolles.

Savall, H., Zardet, V. (2008) Mastering hidden costs and socio-economic performance, Charlotte, USA:

Information Age Publishing, pp. 8-14.

Taicu, M., Roman, A. (2009) ”The importance of knowing the enterprise’s hidden costs”, The Annals of

the University of Oradea, Economic Sciences, Volume III. Section: Finance, Accounting and Banks,

pp. 1192-1196.